[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025164807A1 - Laminate for semi-additive process, printed wiring board, method for manufacturing laminate for semi-additive process, and method for manufacturing printed wiring board - Google Patents

Laminate for semi-additive process, printed wiring board, method for manufacturing laminate for semi-additive process, and method for manufacturing printed wiring board

Info

Publication number
WO2025164807A1
WO2025164807A1 PCT/JP2025/003456 JP2025003456W WO2025164807A1 WO 2025164807 A1 WO2025164807 A1 WO 2025164807A1 JP 2025003456 W JP2025003456 W JP 2025003456W WO 2025164807 A1 WO2025164807 A1 WO 2025164807A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
seed layer
conductive seed
layer
semi
laminate
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/JP2025/003456
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
絵梨 鈴木
征矢 山藤
大地 岡本
康昭 荒井
憲正 深澤
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
DIC Corp
Taiyo Holdings Co Ltd
Original Assignee
DIC Corp
Taiyo Holdings Co Ltd
Dainippon Ink and Chemicals Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by DIC Corp, Taiyo Holdings Co Ltd, Dainippon Ink and Chemicals Co Ltd filed Critical DIC Corp
Publication of WO2025164807A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025164807A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K1/00Printed circuits
    • H05K1/02Details
    • H05K1/11Printed elements for providing electric connections to or between printed circuits
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/10Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which conductive material is applied to the insulating support in such a manner as to form the desired conductive pattern
    • H05K3/18Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which conductive material is applied to the insulating support in such a manner as to form the desired conductive pattern using precipitation techniques to apply the conductive material
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/22Secondary treatment of printed circuits
    • H05K3/24Reinforcing the conductive pattern
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/40Forming printed elements for providing electric connections to or between printed circuits
    • H05K3/42Plated through-holes or plated via connections

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a planar semi-additive laminate used to electrically connect both sides of a substrate, a printed wiring board, a method for manufacturing a semi-additive laminate, and a method for manufacturing a printed wiring board.
  • Printed wiring boards are made by forming a metal layer of a patterned circuit on the surface of an insulating substrate.
  • demand for smaller and lighter electronic products has led to a demand for thinner printed wiring boards and finer circuit wiring.
  • the subtractive method has been widely used to manufacture circuit wiring. This involves forming an etching resist in the shape of a patterned circuit on the surface of a copper layer formed on an insulating substrate, and then etching away the copper layer in areas where no circuit is required to form copper wiring.
  • the subtractive method tends to leave copper at the base of the wiring. As the distance between wires becomes shorter due to increased circuit wiring density, this can lead to problems such as short circuits and poor insulation reliability between wires.
  • the etching solution can seep under the resist, causing side etching, resulting in a thinner wire width.
  • the fine wiring in areas of lower wiring density can disappear as the etching progresses.
  • the surface of the wiring obtained using the subtractive method is not smooth, and the trapezoidal or triangular shape flares out toward the substrate, resulting in wiring with varying widths in the thickness direction, which poses problems when used as an electrical transmission path.
  • the semi-additive method has been proposed as a way to solve these problems and create fine wiring circuits.
  • a conductive seed layer is formed on an insulating substrate, and a plating resist is formed on the seed layer in areas where no circuitry is to be formed.
  • the resist is peeled off and the seed layer is removed from the areas where no circuitry is to be formed, forming fine wiring.
  • plating is deposited following the shape of the resist, making it possible to create a smooth wiring surface and a rectangular cross-section. Furthermore, wiring of the desired width can be deposited regardless of the density of the pattern, making it suitable for forming fine wiring.
  • a method in which a conductive seed layer is formed on an insulating substrate by electroless copper plating or electroless nickel plating using a palladium catalyst.
  • the substrate surface is roughened using a strong chemical such as permanganate, a process known as desmear roughening, to ensure adhesion between the film substrate and the copper plating film.
  • the plating film is formed in the resulting voids, utilizing the anchor effect to ensure adhesion between the insulating substrate and the plating film.
  • roughening the substrate surface makes it difficult to form fine wiring and also leads to problems such as deterioration of high-frequency transmission characteristics. For this reason, attempts have been made to reduce the degree of roughening, but low roughening has led to the problem that the required adhesion strength between the formed wiring and the substrate cannot be obtained.
  • a technology is also known in which a conductive seed is formed by electroless nickel plating on a polyimide film.
  • the polyimide film is immersed in a strong alkali to open the imide rings in the surface layer, making the film surface hydrophilic, while at the same time forming a modified layer that is permeable to water.
  • a palladium catalyst is then impregnated into this modified layer, and electroless nickel plating is performed to form a nickel seed layer (see, for example, Patent Document 1).
  • nickel plating is formed from within the modified layer on the outermost polyimide surface, thereby achieving adhesion strength.
  • the modified layer is in a state where the imide rings are opened, there is the problem that the film surface has a physically and chemically weak structure.
  • a method of forming a conductive seed of nickel, titanium, or the like on an insulating substrate by sputtering is also known as a method of roughening the surface or not forming a modified layer on the surface (see, for example, Patent Document 2). While this method makes it possible to form a seed layer without roughening the substrate surface, it has problems such as the need to use expensive vacuum equipment, requiring a large initial investment, limitations on the substrate size and shape, and being a complicated process with low productivity.
  • a method has been proposed in which a coating layer of conductive ink containing metal particles is used as a conductive seed layer (see, for example, Patent Document 3).
  • This technology involves coating an insulating substrate made of a film or sheet with a conductive ink containing dispersed metal particles with a particle size of 1 to 500 nm, and then performing a heat treatment to fix the metal particles in the coated conductive ink as a metal layer on the insulating substrate, forming a conductive seed layer, and then plating the conductive seed layer.
  • Patent Document 3 proposes pattern formation by a semi-additive method, and in the examples, describes that a substrate on which a conductive ink having copper particles dispersed therein is applied and heat-treated to form a copper conductive seed layer is used as a substrate for the semi-additive method, and that a photosensitive resist is formed on the conductive seed layer, and after exposure and development, the pattern formation portion is thickened by electrolytic copper plating, the resist is peeled off, and then the copper conductive seed layer is etched away.
  • a substrate in which a thin copper foil or a copper plating film is provided as a conductive seed on an insulating substrate is used as the substrate for the semi-additive process.
  • the conductive seed layer and the conductive layer of the pattern circuit are formed from the same metal, as in this combination of a copper conductive seed layer and a copper pattern circuit, when the conductive seed layer in the non-pattern forming area is removed, the conductive layer of the pattern circuit is also etched at the same time, which is known to result in the pattern circuit becoming narrower and thinner and increasing the surface roughness of the circuit conductive layer, posing a challenge that needed to be resolved when manufacturing high-density wiring and wiring for high-frequency transmission.
  • Non-Patent Documents 1 and 2 invent a technology for forming printed wiring boards with a smooth circuit layer surface, with good design reproducibility, and without thinning or thinning of the pattern circuit during the seed layer etching process, by using a substrate with a conductive silver particle layer formed on the surface of an insulating substrate as the substrate for semi-additive processing.
  • Non-Patent Documents 1 and 2 allow for the formation of circuits not only on one side but also on both sides.
  • the conductive material is formed not only in the hole but also on the silver particle layer.
  • the conductive seed layer and the conductive layer of the pattern circuit are made of the same metal, as described above, when the conductive seed layer in the non-pattern forming area is removed, the conductive layer of the pattern circuit is also etched at the same time. This makes the pattern circuit thinner and narrower, and increases the surface roughness of the circuit conductive layer. This has been an issue that needed to be resolved in the manufacture of high-density wiring and wiring for high-frequency transmission.
  • the problem that this invention aims to solve is to obtain a laminate for semi-additive processing that has a smooth surface and is capable of forming good rectangular wiring, even after undergoing the steps of forming an opening in a semi-additive processing substrate, forming a conductive seed layer, and forming another conductive seed layer on the surface of the opening, without retaining a metal layer of the same type as the conductive layer of the pattern circuit on the conductive seed layer during circuit formation.
  • a laminate for semi-additive processes comprising an insulating substrate, a first conductive seed layer having an opening formed on at least one surface of the insulating substrate, a second conductive seed layer formed on the inner surface of the opening in the first conductive seed layer and electrically connected to the first conductive seed layer, and a cover layer covering the opening, and that by constructing the first conductive seed layer and the second conductive seed layer from different metal materials, it is possible to form wiring with a good rectangular shape during circuit formation.
  • the present invention is based on this finding. Specifically, the gist of the present invention is as follows.
  • an insulating substrate a first conductive seed layer having an opening formed on at least one surface of the insulating substrate; a second conductive seed layer formed on the inner surface of the opening in the first conductive seed layer and electrically connected to the first conductive seed layer; a cover layer covering the opening; Equipped with the first conductive seed layer and the second conductive seed layer are made of a metal material; A laminate for semi-additive processing, wherein the second conductive seed layer is composed of a metal material different from that of the first conductive seed layer. [2] The laminate for semi-additive processes according to [1], wherein the metal material constituting the first conductive seed layer is silver, and the metal material constituting the second conductive seed layer is copper.
  • [5] A method for producing the laminate for semi-additive manufacturing according to any one of [1] to [3], forming an opening in an insulating substrate having a first conductive seed layer on at least one surface of the substrate; forming a second conductive seed layer made of a metal different from that of the first conductive seed layer on a surface of the first conductive seed layer and on an inner surface of the opening; forming a cover layer covering the opening;
  • a method for producing a laminate for semi-additive manufacturing comprising: [6] The method for producing a laminate for a semi-additive process according to [5], wherein an opening is formed in a state where a protective layer is formed on the first conductive seed layer.
  • the present invention provides a laminate for semi-additive processes that has a smooth surface and allows for the formation of well-formed rectangular wiring without retaining a metal layer of the same type as the conductive layer of the pattern circuit on the conductive seed layer during circuit formation, even after processes of forming openings in a semi-additive process substrate and forming a conductive seed layer on the surface of the opening, and a printed wiring board using the same.
  • 1A to 1C are cross-sectional views showing the manufacturing process of a printed wiring board according to the present invention.
  • 2A to 2C are cross-sectional views showing the manufacturing process of a printed wiring board according to the present invention.
  • 3A to 3C are cross-sectional views showing the manufacturing process of the printed wiring board according to the present invention.
  • 4A to 4C are cross-sectional views showing the manufacturing process of a printed wiring board according to the present invention.
  • the semi-additive laminate of the present invention comprises an insulating substrate; a first conductive seed layer having an opening formed on at least one surface of the insulating substrate; a second conductive seed layer formed on the inner surface of the opening in the first conductive seed layer and electrically connected to the first conductive seed layer; and a cover layer covering the opening, wherein the first conductive seed layer and the second conductive seed layer are made of a metal material, and the second conductive seed layer is made of a metal material different from that of the first conductive seed layer.
  • the method for manufacturing a laminate for semi-additive processes includes the steps of: forming an opening in a semi-additive process substrate having a first conductive seed layer on at least one surface of an insulating substrate; forming a second conductive seed layer made of a metal different from that of the first conductive seed layer on the surface of the first conductive seed layer and the inner surface of the opening; and forming a cover layer to cover the opening.
  • a method for manufacturing a printed wiring board using the semi-additive laminate of the present invention includes the steps of: forming an opening in a semi-additive substrate having a first conductive seed layer on at least one surface of the insulating substrate; forming a second conductive seed layer made of a metal different from that of the first conductive seed layer on the surface of the first conductive seed layer and the inner surface of the opening; and forming a cover layer to cover the opening.
  • the method for manufacturing a printed wiring board using the semi-additive process laminate of the present invention preferably further includes the steps of removing a portion of the second conductive seed layer on the first conductive seed layer to expose the surface of the first conductive seed layer; removing the cover layer that covers the opening; forming a plating resist on the exposed portion of the first conductive seed layer; forming a pattern circuit portion on the second conductive seed layer and the exposed first conductive seed layer by electrolytic plating; stripping the plating resist to expose the first conductive seed layer; and removing the exposed first conductive seed layer.
  • the metal material constituting the first conductive seed layer is silver, and the metal material constituting the second conductive seed layer is copper.
  • a primer layer between the insulating substrate and the first conductive seed layer.
  • the term "opening" refers collectively to vias and through holes.
  • the electrolytic plating method is preferably copper electrolytic plating.
  • Examples of materials for the insulating substrate include polyimide resin, polyamide-imide resin, polyamide resin, polyethylene terephthalate resin, polybutylene terephthalate resin, polyethylene naphthalate resin, polycarbonate resin, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS) resin, polyarylate resin, polyacetal resin, acrylic resins such as poly(methyl meth)acrylate, polyvinylidene fluoride resin, polytetrafluoroethylene resin, polyvinyl chloride resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, vinyl chloride resin graft-copolymerized with acrylic resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, polyethylene resin, polypropylene resin, urethane resin, cycloolefin resin, polystyrene, liquid crystal polymer (LCP), polyether ether ketone (PEEK) resin, polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polyphenylene sulfone (PPSU), cellulose nanofiber,
  • thermosetting resins include epoxy resins, phenolic resins, unsaturated imide resins, cyanate resins, isocyanate resins, benzoxazine resins, oxetane resins, amino resins, unsaturated polyester resins, allyl resins, dicyclopentadiene resins, silicone resins, triazine resins, and melamine resins.
  • inorganic fillers include silica, alumina, talc, mica, aluminum hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, calcium carbonate, aluminum borate, and borosilicate glass.
  • thermosetting resins and inorganic fillers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Substrates containing a thermoplastic resin and an inorganic filler can also be suitably used.
  • These thermoplastic resins and inorganic fillers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the insulating substrate may be in the form of a flat flexible material, rigid material, or rigid-flexible material. More specifically, commercially available materials formed into films, sheets, or plates may be used, or materials formed by applying and drying a solution, melt, or dispersion of the above-mentioned resins into a flat surface may be used.
  • the insulating substrate may also be a substrate formed from a solution, melt, or dispersion of the above-mentioned resins on a conductive material such as metal, or a substrate formed by laminating the above-mentioned resin material on a printed wiring board on which a pattern circuit is formed.
  • the first conductive seed layer serves as a plating base layer when a pattern circuit layer that will become the pattern wiring described below is formed by a plating process.
  • a variety of conductive substances can be used as the metal material that makes up the first conductive seed layer, such as gold, platinum, palladium, aluminum, tin, copper, nickel, titanium, indium, and iridium, as long as the plating and etching processes described below can be carried out without any problems.
  • silver is preferred because it has the highest electrical conductivity.
  • metal materials other than silver can be contained to the extent that the plating process described below can be carried out without problems.
  • the proportion of metal materials other than silver is preferably 5 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 2 parts by mass or less, per 100 parts by mass of silver, as this further improves the etching removability of the non-circuit forming portions described below.
  • the method for forming the first conductive seed layer on both sides of the planar insulating substrate is not particularly limited, and examples include a method of applying a conductive particle dispersion to both sides of the insulating substrate.
  • the method for applying the particle dispersion is not particularly limited as long as it can successfully form the first conductive seed layer, and various application methods may be selected appropriately depending on the shape, size, and degree of rigidity of the insulating substrate used.
  • Specific application methods include, for example, gravure printing, offset printing, flexography, pad printing, gravure offset printing, letterpress printing, letterpress reverse printing, screen printing, microcontact printing, reverse printing, air doctor coater printing, blade coater printing, air knife coater printing, squeeze coater printing, impregnation coater printing, transfer roll coater printing, kiss coater printing, cast coater printing, spray coater printing, inkjet printing, die coater printing, spin coater printing, bar coater printing, and dip coater printing.
  • the first conductive seed layer may be formed simultaneously on both sides of the insulating substrate, or may be formed on one side of the insulating substrate and then on the other side.
  • the insulating substrate and the primer layer (described below) formed on the insulating substrate may be surface-treated before the conductive particle dispersion is applied, in order to improve the coatability of the conductive particle dispersion and the adhesion of the pattern circuit layer formed in the plating process to the substrate.
  • the surface treatment method for the insulating substrate is not particularly limited, and various methods may be selected as appropriate, as long as the surface roughness does not increase to the point where fine-pitch pattern formation or signal transmission loss due to a rough surface becomes an issue. Examples of such surface treatment methods include UV treatment, gas-phase ozone treatment, liquid-phase ozone treatment, corona treatment, and plasma treatment. These surface treatment methods can be performed alone or in combination.
  • the coating is dried, causing the solvent contained in the conductive particle dispersion to volatilize, and the first conductive seed layer is formed on the insulating substrate or the primer layer.
  • the drying temperature and time can be selected appropriately depending on the heat resistance temperature of the substrate used and the type of solvent used in the conductive particle dispersion liquid described below, but a range of 20 to 350°C and a time of 1 to 200 minutes are preferred. Furthermore, in order to form a first conductive seed layer with excellent adhesion on the substrate, the drying temperature is more preferably in the range of 0 to 250°C.
  • the insulating substrate on which the first conductive seed layer is formed, or the insulating substrate on which the primer layer is formed may be further annealed to reduce the electrical resistance of the first conductive seed layer or to improve adhesion between the insulating substrate or the primer layer and the first conductive seed layer.
  • the annealing temperature and time can be selected appropriately depending on the heat resistance temperature of the substrate used, the required electrical resistance, productivity, etc., and may be performed at a temperature in the range of 60 to 350°C for a time period of 1 minute to 2 weeks. Furthermore, in the temperature range of 60 to 180°C, a time period of 1 minute to 2 weeks is preferable, and in the range of 180 to 350°C, a time period of approximately 1 minute to 5 hours is preferable.
  • the drying may be performed with or without air blowing. Drying may be performed in the atmosphere, in an atmosphere substituted with an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon, under an air current, or in a vacuum.
  • an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon
  • the coating film can be dried naturally at the coating location, or in a dryer such as a ventilation oven or a constant temperature dryer. Furthermore, if the insulating substrate is a roll film or roll sheet, drying and baking can be carried out following the coating process by continuously moving the roll material in an installed unheated or heated space. Examples of heating methods for drying and baking include ovens, hot air drying ovens, infrared drying ovens, laser irradiation, microwaves, and light irradiation (flash irradiation devices). These heating methods can be used alone or in combination.
  • the film thickness of the first conductive seed layer formed on the insulating substrate or the primer layer may be selected appropriately depending on the specifications and application of the printed wiring board manufactured using the present invention. Specifically, a range of 1 nm to 5 ⁇ m is preferred, with a range of 1 nm to 3 ⁇ m being more preferred. Furthermore, a range of 10 nm to 1 ⁇ m is even more preferred, as this facilitates the formation of a conductive layer in the plating process described below and the seed layer removal process by etching described below.
  • the components constituting the first conductive seed layer can be confirmed using well-known and commonly used analytical methods such as X-ray fluorescence, atomic absorption spectrometry, and ICP.
  • the first conductive seed layer may contain, as a light absorber, a pigment or dye that absorbs actinic light, such as graphite or carbon, cyanine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, dithiol metal complexes, naphthoquinone compounds, diimmonium compounds, or azo compounds, as long as the first conductive seed layer can be formed, the electrolytic plating (described below) can be performed without problems, and the etching removability (described below) can be ensured.
  • a light absorber a pigment or dye that absorbs actinic light, such as graphite or carbon, cyanine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, dithiol metal complexes, naphthoquinone compounds, diimmonium compounds, or azo compounds
  • pigments or dyes may be selected appropriately depending on the wavelength of the actinic light to be used. These pigments or dyes may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Furthermore, to incorporate these pigments or dyes into the first conductive seed layer, these pigments or dyes may be blended into the conductive particle dispersion (described below).
  • the conductive particle dispersion used to form the first conductive seed layer is a dispersion of conductive particles in a solvent.
  • conductive particles There are no particular restrictions on the shape of the conductive particles, as long as they successfully form the first conductive seed layer, and conductive particles of various shapes can be used, including spherical, lenticular, polyhedral, plate-like, rod-like, and wire-like shapes. These conductive particles can be used alone or in combination with two or more different shapes.
  • the average particle diameter is preferably in the range of 1 to 20,000 nm. Furthermore, when forming a fine pattern circuit, the average particle diameter is more preferably in the range of 1 to 200 nm, and even more preferably in the range of 1 to 50 nm, because this further improves the homogeneity of the first conductive seed layer and the removability by an etching solution described below.
  • the "average particle size" of nanometer-sized particles is a volume average value measured by diluting the conductive particles with a good dispersion solvent and using a dynamic light scattering method. This measurement can be performed using a "Nanotrac UPA-150" manufactured by Microtrac.
  • the minor axis is preferably in the range of 1 to 200 nm, more preferably in the range of 2 to 100 nm, and even more preferably in the range of 5 to 50 nm.
  • the conductive particles are preferably composed primarily of silver particles, but as long as this does not interfere with the plating process described below or impair the removability of the first conductive seed layer with the etching solution described below, a portion of the silver constituting the conductive particles may be replaced with another metal, or metal components other than silver may be mixed in.
  • the metals to be substituted or mixed include one or more metal elements selected from the group consisting of gold, platinum, palladium, ruthenium, aluminum, tin, copper, nickel, iron, cobalt, titanium, indium, and iridium.
  • the ratio of the metal substituted or mixed with the silver particles is preferably 5% by mass or less in the silver particles, and more preferably 2% by mass or less from the viewpoint of the plating properties of the first conductive seed layer and its removability by an etching solution.
  • the silver particle dispersion used to form the first conductive seed layer is prepared by dispersing silver particles in various solvents, and the particle size distribution of the silver particles in the dispersion may be monodisperse and uniform, or may be a mixture of particles with an average particle size within the above-mentioned range.
  • the solvent used for the dispersion of silver particles can be an aqueous medium or an organic solvent.
  • aqueous media include distilled water, ion-exchanged water, pure water, ultrapure water, and mixtures of water and organic solvents that are miscible with water.
  • water-miscible organic solvent examples include alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, ethyl carbitol, ethyl cellosolve, and butyl cellosolve; ketone solvents such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; alkylene glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, and propylene glycol; polyalkylene glycol solvents such as polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, and polytetramethylene glycol; and lactam solvents such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone.
  • examples of the organic solvent include alcohol compounds, ether compounds, ester compounds, and ketone compounds.
  • Examples of the alcohol solvent or ether solvent include methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butanol, isobutyl alcohol, sec-butanol, tert-butanol, heptanol, hexanol, octanol, nonanol, decanol, undecanol, dodecanol, tridecanol, tetradecanol, pentadecanol, stearyl alcohol, allyl alcohol, cyclohexanol, terpineol, terpineol, dihydroterpineol, 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, Examples include 1,4-butanedio
  • Examples of the ketone solvent include acetone, cyclohexanone, and methyl ethyl ketone.
  • examples of the ester solvent include ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, and 3-methoxy-3-methyl-butyl acetate.
  • other organic solvents include hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, particularly hydrocarbon solvents with 8 or more carbon atoms.
  • hydrocarbon solvents having 8 or more carbon atoms examples include non-polar solvents such as octane, nonane, decane, dodecane, tridecane, tetradecane, cyclooctane, xylene, mesitylene, ethylbenzene, dodecylbenzene, tetralin, and trimethylbenzenecyclohexane, and these can be used in combination with other solvents as needed. Furthermore, mixed solvents such as mineral spirits and solvent naphtha can also be used in combination.
  • non-polar solvents such as octane, nonane, decane, dodecane, tridecane, tetradecane, cyclooctane, xylene, mesitylene, ethylbenzene, dodecylbenzene, tetralin, and trimethylbenzenecyclohexane, and these can be used in combination with other solvents as
  • the solvent there are no particular restrictions on the solvent, as long as it stably disperses silver particles and satisfactorily forms the first conductive seed layer on the insulating substrate or a primer layer formed on the insulating substrate, as described below. Furthermore, the solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
  • the content of silver particles in the silver particle dispersion may be appropriately adjusted using the various coating methods described above so that the amount of the first conductive seed layer formed on the insulating substrate is in the range of 0.01 to 30 g/ m2, and may also be adjusted so that the viscosity has optimal coating suitability depending on the various coating methods described above.
  • the content of silver particles in the silver particle dispersion is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 50% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.5 to 20% by mass.
  • the silver particle dispersion preferably maintains dispersion stability for a long period of time in the various solvents mentioned above without the silver particles aggregating, fusing, or precipitating, and preferably contains a dispersant for dispersing the silver particles in the various solvents mentioned above.
  • Such dispersants are preferably dispersants having a functional group that coordinates with the metal particles, such as a carboxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, an acetoacetyl group, a phosphorus atom-containing group, a thiol group, a thiocyanato group, or a glycinato group.
  • the dispersant can be a commercially available or independently synthesized low- or high-molecular-weight dispersant. It can be selected appropriately depending on the purpose, such as the solvent for dispersing the metal particles and the type of insulating substrate onto which the metal particle dispersion is applied.
  • Suitable examples include dodecanethiol, 1-octanethiol, triphenylphosphine, dodecylamine, polyethylene glycol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethyleneimine, polyvinylpyrrolidone; fatty acids such as myristic acid, octanoic acid, and stearic acid; and polycyclic hydrocarbon compounds having a carboxyl group such as cholic acid, glycyrrhizic acid, and apicic acid.
  • Examples of compounds having a reactive functional group [Y] include compounds having an amino group, an amide group, an alkylolamide group, a carboxyl group, a carboxyl anhydride group, a carbonyl group, an acetoacetyl group, an epoxy group, an alicyclic epoxy group, an oxetane ring, a vinyl group, an allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a (blocked) isocyanate group, an (alkoxy)silyl group, and the like, and silsesquioxane compounds.
  • the reactive functional group [Y] is preferably a basic nitrogen atom-containing group, as this can further improve adhesion between the primer layer and the first conductive seed layer.
  • the basic nitrogen atom-containing group include an imino group, a primary amino group, and a secondary amino group.
  • the dispersant may have one or more basic nitrogen atom-containing groups in one molecule.
  • some of the basic nitrogen atom-containing groups contribute to the dispersion stability of the metal particles through interaction with the metal particles, and the remaining basic nitrogen atom-containing groups contribute to improving adhesion to the insulating substrate.
  • the basic nitrogen atom-containing group in the dispersant can form a bond with this reactive functional group [X], which is preferable, thereby further improving adhesion.
  • the dispersant is preferably a polymer dispersant, as this allows for the stability and coatability of the silver particle dispersion and the formation of a first conductive seed layer that exhibits good adhesion to the insulating substrate.
  • Preferred polymer dispersants include polyalkyleneimines such as polyethyleneimine and polypropyleneimine, and compounds in which polyoxyalkylene is added to the polyalkyleneimines.
  • the compound in which a polyoxyalkylene is added to the polyalkyleneimine may be one in which the polyethyleneimine and polyoxyalkylene are bonded in a linear chain, or one in which the polyoxyalkylene is grafted onto a side chain of the main chain made of the polyethyleneimine.
  • compounds in which polyoxyalkylene is added to the polyalkyleneimine include block copolymers of polyethyleneimine and polyoxyethylene, compounds in which a polyoxyethylene structure is introduced by addition reaction of ethylene oxide with some of the imino groups present in the main chain of polyethyleneimine, and compounds in which an amino group in a polyalkyleneimine, a hydroxyl group in a polyoxyethylene glycol, and an epoxy group in an epoxy resin are reacted.
  • polyalkyleneimines include "PAO2006W,” “PAO306,” “PAO318,” and “PAO718” from the “Epomin (registered trademark) PAO series” manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.
  • the number average molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably in the range of 3,000 to 30,000.
  • the amount of the dispersant required to disperse the silver particles is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 50 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the silver particles. Furthermore, since a first conductive seed layer exhibiting good adhesion can be formed on the insulating substrate or the primer layer described below, the amount is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 10 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the silver particles. Furthermore, since the plating properties of the first conductive seed layer can be improved, the amount is more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 5 parts by mass.
  • the method for producing the silver particle dispersion is not particularly limited, and various methods can be used for production.
  • silver particles produced using a gas phase method such as low-vacuum gas evaporation may be dispersed in a solvent, or a silver particle dispersion may be directly prepared by reducing a silver compound in the liquid phase.
  • the solvent composition of the dispersion during production and the dispersion during coating can be changed appropriately and as needed by solvent exchange or solvent addition.
  • the liquid phase method is particularly suitable for use in terms of the stability of the dispersion and the simplicity of the production process.
  • the silver ion can be reduced in the presence of the polymer dispersant to produce the silver ion dispersion.
  • the silver particle dispersion may further contain organic compounds such as surfactants, leveling agents, viscosity modifiers, film-forming aids, antifoaming agents, and preservatives.
  • organic compounds such as surfactants, leveling agents, viscosity modifiers, film-forming aids, antifoaming agents, and preservatives.
  • surfactant examples include nonionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene sorbitol tetraoleate, and polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymer; anionic surfactants such as fatty acid salts such as sodium oleate, alkyl sulfate ester salts, alkylbenzenesulfonates, alkyl sulfosuccinates, naphthalenesulfonates, polyoxyethylene alkyl sulfates, sodium alkanesulfonates, and sodium alkyldiphenylethersulfonates; and cationic surfactants such as alkylamine salts, alkyltrimethylammonium salts, and alkyldimethylbenzylammonium salts.
  • anionic surfactants such as fatty acid salts such as sodium oleate, al
  • leveling agent such as silicone-based compounds, acetylene diol-based compounds, and fluorine-based compounds.
  • the viscosity adjuster can be a common thickener, such as an acrylic polymer that can be thickened by adjusting the alkalinity, synthetic rubber latex, a urethane resin that can be thickened by molecular association, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, polyvinyl alcohol, hydrated castor oil, amide wax, oxidized polyethylene, metal soap, or dibenzylidene sorbitol.
  • a common thickener such as an acrylic polymer that can be thickened by adjusting the alkalinity, synthetic rubber latex, a urethane resin that can be thickened by molecular association, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, polyvinyl alcohol, hydrated castor oil, amide wax, oxidized polyethylene, metal soap, or dibenzylidene sorbitol.
  • the film-forming aid may be a typical film-forming aid, such as an anionic surfactant such as dioctyl sulfosuccinate sodium salt, a hydrophobic nonionic surfactant such as sorbitan monooleate, polyether-modified siloxane, or silicone oil.
  • an anionic surfactant such as dioctyl sulfosuccinate sodium salt
  • a hydrophobic nonionic surfactant such as sorbitan monooleate, polyether-modified siloxane, or silicone oil.
  • defoaming agents can be used as the defoaming agent, such as silicone-based defoaming agents, nonionic surfactants, polyethers, higher alcohols, and polymer surfactants.
  • the preservative may be a common preservative, such as an isothiazolinone preservative, a triazine preservative, an imidazole preservative, a pyridine preservative, an azole preservative, or a pyrithione preservative.
  • a more preferred embodiment of the semi-additive construction laminate of the present invention is a laminate further having a primer layer between the insulating substrate layer and the first conductive seed layer.
  • a semi-additive construction laminate provided with this primer layer is preferred because it can further improve the adhesion of the pattern circuit layer to the insulating substrate.
  • the primer layer can be formed by applying a primer to part or the entire surface of the insulating substrate and then removing the solvent, such as an aqueous medium or organic solvent, contained in the primer.
  • the primer is used to improve the adhesion of the pattern circuit layer to the insulating substrate, and is a liquid composition in which various resins, described below, are dissolved or dispersed in a solvent.
  • a good primer layer can be formed.
  • Various application methods can be selected appropriately depending on the shape, size, and degree of rigidity of the insulating substrate used. Specific application methods include, for example, gravure printing, offset printing, flexography, pad printing, gravure offset printing, letterpress printing, letterpress reverse printing, screen printing, microcontact printing, reverse printing, air doctor coater, blade coater, air knife coater, squeeze coater, impregnation coater, transfer roll coater, kiss coater, cast coater, spray coater, inkjet printing, die coater, spin coater, bar coater, and dip coater.
  • the method for applying the primer to both sides of the insulating substrate in the form of a film, sheet, or plate is not particularly limited as long as a good primer layer can be formed, and any of the application methods exemplified above may be selected as appropriate.
  • the primer layer may be formed simultaneously on both sides of the insulating substrate, or may be formed first on one side of the insulating substrate and then on the other side.
  • the insulating substrate may be surface-treated before the primer is applied in order to improve the coatability of the primer and the adhesion of the pattern circuit layer to the substrate.
  • the surface treatment method for the insulating substrate can be the same as the surface treatment method used when forming the first conductive seed layer on the insulating substrate described above.
  • a common method for forming a primer layer by applying the primer to the surface of an insulating substrate and then removing the solvent contained in the coating layer is, for example, drying using a dryer to volatilize the solvent.
  • the drying temperature may be set within a range that allows the solvent to volatilize and does not adversely affect the insulating substrate, and may be room temperature drying or heat drying. Specifically, the drying temperature is preferably in the range of 20 to 350° C., more preferably in the range of 60 to 300° C.
  • the drying time is preferably in the range of 1 to 200 minutes, more preferably in the range of 1 to 60 minutes.
  • the drying may be performed with or without air blowing. Drying may be performed in the air, in a substituted atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon, under an air current, or in a vacuum.
  • a substituted atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon
  • the insulating substrate is a sheet film, sheet, or plate, it can be dried naturally at the coating location, or in a dryer such as a ventilation oven or constant temperature dryer. Furthermore, if the insulating substrate is a roll film or roll sheet, drying can be carried out following the coating process by continuously moving the roll material in an installed unheated or heated space.
  • the film thickness of the primer layer can be selected appropriately depending on the specifications and application of the printed wiring board manufactured using the present invention, but a thickness in the range of 10 nm to 30 ⁇ m is preferred, a range of 10 nm to 5 ⁇ m is more preferred, and a range of 10 nm to 3 ⁇ m is even more preferred, as this further improves adhesion between the insulating substrate and the pattern circuit layer.
  • the resin forming the primer layer preferably contains a reactive functional group [X] that is reactive with the reactive functional group [Y].
  • the reactive functional group [X] include amino groups, amide groups, alkylolamide groups, keto groups, carboxyl groups, carboxyl anhydride groups, carbonyl groups, acetoacetyl groups, epoxy groups, alicyclic epoxy groups, oxetane rings, vinyl groups, allyl groups, (meth)acryloyl groups, (blocked) isocyanate groups, and (alkoxy)silyl groups.
  • Silsesquioxane compounds can also be used as the compound forming the primer layer.
  • the resin forming the primer layer has a reactive functional group [X] that is a keto group, carboxyl group, carbonyl group, acetoacetyl group, epoxy group, alicyclic epoxy group, alkylolamide group, isocyanate group, vinyl group, (meth)acryloyl group, or allyl group.
  • resins that form the primer layer include urethane resin, acrylic resin, core-shell composite resins with a urethane resin shell and an acrylic resin core, epoxy resin, imide resin, amide resin, melamine resin, phenolic resin, urea-formaldehyde resin, blocked isocyanate polyvinyl alcohol obtained by reacting polyisocyanate with a blocking agent such as phenol, and polyvinylpyrrolidone.
  • Core-shell composite resins with a urethane resin shell and an acrylic resin core can be obtained, for example, by polymerizing acrylic monomers in the presence of urethane resin. These resins can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • resins that form the primer layer resins that generate reducing compounds when heated are preferred, as they can further improve the adhesion of the conductive layer to the insulating substrate.
  • reducing compounds include phenol compounds, aromatic amine compounds, sulfur compounds, phosphoric acid compounds, and aldehyde compounds. Of these reducing compounds, phenol compounds and aldehyde compounds are preferred.
  • reducing compounds such as formaldehyde and phenol are generated during the heat drying step when forming the primer layer.
  • resins that generate reducing compounds upon heating include resins obtained by polymerizing a monomer containing N-alkylol(meth)acrylamide, core-shell composite resins having a urethane resin as the shell and a resin obtained by polymerizing a monomer containing N-alkylol(meth)acrylamide as the core, resins that generate formaldehyde upon heating such as urea-formaldehyde-methanol condensates, urea-melamine-formaldehyde-methanol condensates, poly N-alkoxymethylol(meth)acrylamide, formaldehyde adducts of poly(meth)acrylamide, and melamine resins; and resins that generate phenolic compounds upon heating such as phenol resins and phenol-blocked isocyan
  • core-shell composite resins having a urethane resin as the shell and a resin obtained by polymerizing a monomer containing N-alkylol(meth)acrylamide as the core, melamine resins, and phenol-blocked isocyanates are preferred.
  • (meth)acrylic refers to either or both of “methacrylic” and “acrylic.”
  • Resins that generate reducible compounds when heated can be obtained by polymerizing monomers that have functional groups that generate reducible compounds when heated using polymerization methods such as radical polymerization, anionic polymerization, or cationic polymerization.
  • Examples of monomers having a functional group that generates a reducing compound upon heating include N-alkylol vinyl monomers, and specific examples include N-methylol (meth)acrylamide, N-methoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-ethoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-propoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-isopropoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-n-butoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-isobutoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-pentoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-ethanol (meth)acrylamide, and N-propanol (meth)acrylamide.
  • various other monomers such as (meth)acrylic acid alkyl esters, can also be copolymerized together with monomers having functional groups that generate a reducing compound when heated.
  • the primer is formed by forming uretdione bonds through self-reaction between isocyanate groups, or by forming bonds between isocyanate groups and functional groups possessed by other components.
  • the bonds formed in this case may be formed before the metal particle dispersion liquid is applied, or may not be formed before the metal particle dispersion liquid is applied and may be formed by heating after the metal particle dispersion liquid is applied.
  • the blocked isocyanate may be one having a functional group formed by blocking an isocyanate group with a blocking agent.
  • the blocked isocyanate preferably has the functional group in the range of 350 to 600 g/mol per mole of blocked isocyanate.
  • the blocked isocyanate preferably has 1 to 10 functional groups per molecule, and more preferably has 2 to 5 functional groups.
  • the number average molecular weight of the blocked isocyanate is preferably in the range of 1,500 to 5,000, and more preferably in the range of 1,500 to 3,000.
  • the blocked isocyanate has an aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
  • the blocked isocyanate can be produced by reacting some or all of the isocyanate groups in an isocyanate compound with a blocking agent.
  • isocyanate compound examples include those obtained by reacting the polyisocyanate compounds exemplified above with compounds containing hydroxyl groups or amino groups.
  • polyisocyanate compound having an aromatic ring When introducing an aromatic ring into the blocked isocyanate, it is preferable to use a polyisocyanate compound having an aromatic ring. Furthermore, among polyisocyanate compounds having an aromatic ring, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, tolylene diisocyanate, the isocyanurate form of 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, and the isocyanurate form of tolylene diisocyanate are preferred.
  • Blocking agents used in the production of the blocked isocyanates include, for example, phenolic compounds such as phenol and cresol; lactam compounds such as ⁇ -caprolactam, ⁇ -valerolactam, and ⁇ -butyrolactam; oxime compounds such as formamide oxime, acetaldoxime, acetone oxime, methyl ethyl ketoxime, methyl isobutyl ketoxime, and cyclohexanone oxime; 2-hydroxypyridine, butyl cellosolve, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, benzyl alcohol, and methanol.
  • phenolic compounds such as phenol and cresol
  • lactam compounds such as ⁇ -caprolactam, ⁇ -valerolactam, and ⁇ -butyrolactam
  • oxime compounds such as formamide oxime, acetaldoxime, acetone oxime, methyl ethyl ketoxime, methyl isobutyl ketoxime, and
  • blocking agents that can dissociate to generate isocyanate groups upon heating in the range of 70 to 200°C are preferred, and blocking agents that can dissociate to generate isocyanate groups upon heating in the range of 110 to 180°C are more preferred.
  • phenol compounds, lactam compounds, and oxime compounds are preferred, and phenol compounds are particularly preferred because they become reducing compounds when the blocking agent is released by heating.
  • Examples of methods for producing the blocked isocyanate include a method in which the isocyanate compound produced in advance is mixed with the blocking agent and reacted, and a method in which the blocking agent is mixed with the raw materials used to produce the isocyanate compound and reacted.
  • the blocked isocyanate can be produced by reacting the polyisocyanate compound with a compound having a hydroxyl group or an amino group to produce an isocyanate compound having an isocyanate group at its terminal, and then mixing and reacting the isocyanate compound with the blocking agent.
  • the content of the blocked isocyanate obtained by the above method in the resin forming the primer layer is preferably in the range of 50 to 100% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 70 to 100% by mass.
  • the melamine resin examples include mono- or polymethylolmelamine in which 1 to 6 moles of formaldehyde are added to 1 mole of melamine; etherified products of (poly)methylolmelamine such as trimethoxymethylolmelamine, tributoxymethylolmelamine, and hexamethoxymethylolmelamine (the degree of etherification is optional); and urea-melamine-formaldehyde-methanol condensates.
  • a method of adding a reducing compound to a resin can also be used.
  • examples of the reducing compound to be added include phenol-based antioxidants, aromatic amine-based antioxidants, sulfur-based antioxidants, phosphoric acid-based antioxidants, vitamin C, vitamin E, sodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate, sulfites, hypophosphorous acid, hypophosphites, hydrazine, formaldehyde, sodium borohydride, dimethylamine borane, and phenol.
  • the method of adding a reducing compound to a resin may ultimately result in residual low-molecular-weight components or ionic compounds, which may degrade the electrical properties. Therefore, a method using a resin that generates a reducing compound when heated is more preferable.
  • preferred resins for forming the primer layer include those containing a compound having an aminotriazine ring.
  • the compound having an aminotriazine ring may be a low molecular weight compound or a higher molecular weight resin.
  • the low-molecular-weight compound having an aminotriazine ring can be any of a variety of additives having an aminotriazine ring.
  • Commercially available products include 2,4-diamino-6-vinyl-s-triazine ("VT” manufactured by Shikoku Chemicals Co., Ltd.), "VD-3” and “VD-4" manufactured by Shikoku Chemicals Co., Ltd. (compounds having an aminotriazine ring and a hydroxyl group), and "VD-5" manufactured by Shikoku Chemicals Co., Ltd. (compound having an aminotriazine ring and an ethoxysilyl group). These can be used as additives by adding one or more types to the resin that forms the primer layer.
  • the amount of the low-molecular-weight compound having an aminotriazine ring used is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more and 50 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less, per 100 parts by mass of the resin.
  • the resin having an aminotriazine ring one in which the aminotriazine ring is covalently bonded to the polymer chain of the resin can also be suitably used.
  • Specific examples include aminotriazine-modified novolac resins.
  • the aminotriazine-modified novolac resin is a novolac resin in which an aminotriazine ring structure and a phenol structure are bonded via a methylene group.
  • the aminotriazine-modified novolac resin can be obtained, for example, by co-condensing an aminotriazine compound such as melamine, benzoguanamine, or acetoguanamine with a phenolic compound such as phenol, cresol, butylphenol, bisphenol A, phenylphenol, naphthol, or resorcinol and formaldehyde at near-neutral pH, either in the presence of a weak alkaline catalyst such as an alkylamine or without a catalyst, or by reacting an alkyl ether of an aminotriazine compound such as methyl-etherified melamine with the phenolic compound.
  • a weak alkaline catalyst such as an alkylamine or without a catalyst
  • the aminotriazine-modified novolac resin preferably contains substantially no methylol groups. Furthermore, the aminotriazine-modified novolac resin may contain molecules in which only aminotriazine structures are methylene-linked, molecules in which only phenol structures are methylene-linked, etc., which are produced as by-products during production. Furthermore, it may contain a small amount of unreacted raw materials.
  • phenol structure examples include phenol residue, cresol residue, butylphenol residue, bisphenol A residue, phenylphenol residue, naphthol residue, and resorcinol residue.
  • residue refers to a structure in which at least one hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom in an aromatic ring has been removed. For example, in the case of phenol, it refers to a hydroxyphenyl group.
  • triazine structure examples include structures derived from aminotriazine compounds such as melamine, benzoguanamine, and acetoguanamine.
  • the phenol structure and the triazine structure can each be used alone or in combination of two or more types. Furthermore, since these structures can further improve adhesion, a phenol residue is preferred as the phenol structure, and a melamine-derived structure is preferred as the triazine structure.
  • the hydroxyl value of the aminotriazine-modified novolak resin is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more and 200 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 80 mgKOH/g or more and 180 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 100 mgKOH/g or more and 150 mgKOH/g or less, as this can further improve adhesion.
  • the aminotriazine-modified novolak resins can be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
  • an aminotriazine-modified novolac resin is used as the compound having an aminotriazine ring, it is preferable to use an epoxy resin in combination.
  • epoxy resin examples include bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, cresol novolac type epoxy resin, phenol novolac type epoxy resin, bisphenol A novolac type epoxy resin, alcohol ether type epoxy resin, tetrabromobisphenol A type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, phosphorus-containing epoxy compounds having a structure derived from a 9,10-dihydro-9-oxa-10-phosphaphenanthrene-10-oxide derivative, epoxy resins having a structure derived from a dicyclopentadiene derivative, and epoxidized oils and fats such as epoxidized soybean oil. These epoxy resins can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • bisphenol A type epoxy resins bisphenol F type epoxy resins, biphenyl type epoxy resins, cresol novolac type epoxy resins, phenol novolac type epoxy resins, and bisphenol A novolac type epoxy resins are preferred, as they can further improve adhesion, with bisphenol A type epoxy resins being particularly preferred.
  • the epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin is preferably 100 g/equivalent or more and 300 g/equivalent or less, more preferably 120 g/equivalent or more and 250 g/equivalent or less, and even more preferably 150 g/equivalent or more and 200 g/equivalent or less, as this further improves adhesion.
  • the primer layer is a layer containing an aminotriazine-modified novolac resin and an epoxy resin
  • the molar ratio [(x)/(y)] of the phenolic hydroxyl group (x) in the aminotriazine-modified novolac resin to the epoxy group (y) in the epoxy resin is preferably 0.1 or more and 5 or less, more preferably 0.2 or more and 3 or less, and even more preferably 0.3 or more and 2 or less, in order to further improve adhesion.
  • a primer resin composition containing the compound having an aminotriazine ring and the epoxy resin is used.
  • the primer resin composition used to form the primer layer containing the aminotriazine-modified novolac resin and epoxy resin may contain other resins, such as urethane resin, acrylic resin, blocked isocyanate resin, melamine resin, phenolic resin, etc., as needed. These other resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the primer used to form the primer layer preferably contains 1 to 70 mass % of the resin, and more preferably 1 to 20 mass %.
  • Solvents that can be used for the primer include various organic solvents and aqueous media.
  • organic solvents include toluene, ethyl acetate, methyl ethyl ketone, and cyclohexanone
  • aqueous media include water, organic solvents that are miscible with water, and mixtures of these.
  • water-miscible organic solvents examples include alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, ethyl carbitol, ethyl cellosolve, and butyl cellosolve; ketone solvents such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; alkylene glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, and propylene glycol; polyalkylene glycol solvents such as polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, and polytetramethylene glycol; and lactam solvents such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone.
  • alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, ethyl carbitol, ethyl cellosolve, and butyl cellosolve
  • ketone solvents such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone
  • the resin forming the primer layer may, as necessary, have functional groups that contribute to a crosslinking reaction, such as alkoxysilyl groups, silanol groups, hydroxyl groups, or amino groups.
  • the crosslinked structure formed using these functional groups may already be formed prior to the subsequent step of forming the first conductive seed layer, or may be formed after the step of forming the first conductive seed layer.
  • the crosslinked structure may be formed in the primer layer before forming the pattern circuit layer, or the crosslinked structure may be formed in the primer layer after forming the pattern circuit layer, for example, by aging to promote the reaction.
  • the primer layer may contain known additives such as a crosslinking agent, pH adjuster, film-forming aid, leveling agent, thickener, water repellent, and antifoaming agent.
  • crosslinking agent examples include metal chelate compounds, polyamine compounds, aziridine compounds, metal salt compounds, and isocyanate compounds. These include thermal crosslinking agents that react at relatively low temperatures of around 25 to 100°C to form a crosslinked structure, and thermal crosslinking agents that react at relatively high temperatures of 100°C or higher to form a crosslinked structure, such as melamine compounds, epoxy compounds, oxazoline compounds, carbodiimide compounds, and blocked isocyanate compounds, as well as various photocrosslinking agents.
  • a polycarboxylic acid as the crosslinking agent in the primer resin composition.
  • polycarboxylic acid examples include trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, maleic anhydride, and succinic acid.
  • crosslinking agents can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • trimellitic anhydride is preferred because it can further improve adhesion.
  • the amount of the crosslinking agent used varies depending on the type, but from the perspective of improving adhesion of the pattern circuit layer to the substrate, it is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 60 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the total resin contained in the primer.
  • the crosslinked structure may already be formed before the subsequent step of forming the first conductive seed layer, or the crosslinked structure may be formed after the step of forming the first conductive seed layer. If the crosslinked structure is formed after the step of forming the first conductive seed layer, the crosslinked structure may be formed in the primer layer before forming the pattern circuit layer, or the crosslinked structure may be formed in the primer layer after forming the pattern circuit layer, for example, by aging.
  • the method for forming the first conductive seed layer on the primer layer is the same as the method for forming the first conductive seed layer on the insulating substrate.
  • the primer layer may be surface-treated before the silver particle dispersion is applied in order to improve the coatability of the silver particle dispersion and the adhesion of the pattern circuit layer to the substrate.
  • An alternative method for forming the first conductive seed layer on both sides of the planar insulating substrate is to form the first conductive seed layer on a temporary substrate and then transfer it onto the insulating substrate.
  • examples of polymer films include aromatic polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), polyethylene naphthalate, and polybutylene naphthalate; fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene, tetrafluoroethylene-perfluoroalkyl vinyl ether copolymer, tetrafluoroethylene-hexafluoropropylene copolymer, tetrafluoroethylene-ethylene copolymer, vinylidene fluoride resin, trifluorochloroethylene resin, trifluorochloroethylene-ethylene copolymer, tetrafluoroethylene-perfluorodioxol copolymer, vinyl fluoride resin, and poly
  • Suitable temporary substrates include olefin resins such as polyethylene (HDPE), low-density polyethylene (LDPE), and linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE); polystyrene (PS); polyimide resins such as polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyimide, and transparent polyimide; polyamide resins such as polyamideimide and polyamide; polycarbonate, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS) resin, polymer alloys of ABS and polycarbonate, acrylic resins such as polymethyl (meth)acrylate, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, polyvinyl alcohol, polycarbonate, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyurethane, liquid crystal polymer (LCP), polyether ether ketone (PEEK), polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polyphenylene sulfone (PPSU), and epoxy resins.
  • aromatic polyesters polyethylene
  • olefin resins such
  • metals may be used as the temporary substrate, including copper, aluminum, aluminum alloys, titanium, stainless steel, beryllium copper, phosphor bronze, nickel, nichrome, nickel alloys, tin, zinc, lead, gold, tantalum, molybdenum, niobium, iron, and silver.
  • Other inorganic substrates that can be suitably used as temporary substrates include silicon, ceramics, and glass.
  • the shape of the temporary substrate is not particularly limited, but using a film- or sheet-shaped temporary substrate allows for good handling.
  • the film thickness of the temporary substrate is typically preferably in the range of 1 to 5,000 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 1 to 300 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 1 to 200 ⁇ m, even more preferably in the range of 1 to 100 ⁇ m, and even more preferably in the range of 1 to 50 ⁇ m. Since the temporary substrate is no longer needed after the first conductive seed layer is transferred onto the insulating substrate, it is preferable that it be thin enough that workability is not compromised from a cost perspective.
  • the formation of the first conductive seed layer on the temporary substrate may be adjusted as appropriate with reference to the method for forming the first conductive seed layer on the insulating substrate described above. Furthermore, when manufacturing a laminate for semi-additive processing having a configuration in which a primer layer is provided between an insulating substrate and a first conductive seed layer, the first conductive seed layer is formed on the temporary substrate, and then a primer layer is formed on the first conductive seed layer.
  • the method for forming the primer layer can be appropriately adjusted by using the method for forming a primer layer on an insulating substrate described above.
  • the first conductive seed layer on the temporary substrate or the surface of the primer layer can be bonded to the insulating substrate using heat and pressure.
  • Suitable methods for this purpose include, for example, thermal lamination, hot roll transfer, pressing, and vacuum pressing.
  • the laminate for semi-additive manufacturing of the present invention can have a peelable cover layer laminated on the first conductive seed layer as a protective layer.
  • the material for the peelable cover layer is not particularly limited, as long as the purpose of protecting the first conductive seed layer is achieved in the method for manufacturing a printed wiring board of the present invention.
  • Various commercially available resins and metal films can be used, but polyethylene, polypropylene, and polyethylene terephthalate films are preferably used.
  • the peelable cover layer may be a film of polyethylene, polypropylene, polyethylene terephthalate, or the like, with a silicone layer on top to improve peelability.
  • the peelable cover layer may be a film of polyethylene, polypropylene, polyethylene terephthalate, or the like, with adhesive properties to ensure adhesion to the first conductive seed layer sufficient to withstand the processes described below.
  • the film thickness of the peelable cover layer used in the present invention is preferably 10 to 100 ⁇ m, and more preferably 15 to 70 ⁇ m, from the viewpoints of film handling, protection of the first conductive seed layer, and ease of forming through-holes in the substrate.
  • the releasable cover layer used in the present invention can be laminated on the first conductive seed layer after the first conductive seed layer has been applied.
  • the releasable cover layer can be laminated by winding it up together with the first conductive seed layer.
  • the temporary substrate can be used as a peelable cover layer.
  • An alkali-soluble resin may also be used as the material for the peelable cover layer of the present invention.
  • the alkali-soluble resin there are no particular limitations on the alkali-soluble resin, as long as it can be developed with an alkaline developer, and known, commonly used resins can be used, such as amide-imide resins and resins having alkali-soluble functional groups such as carboxyl groups and phenolic hydroxyl groups.
  • the alkali-soluble resin may be formed into a film by coating a resin solution onto the first conductive seed layer, or a film may be used in advance. When a film is used, the first conductive seed layer can be coated with a roll coater, and the peelable cover layer can be wound up together with the first conductive seed layer during winding, as described above, to form the layer.
  • the semi-additive construction laminate of the present invention can have a protective layer made of the same metal material as the second seed layer laminated on the first conductive seed layer.
  • the protective layer from the same metal material as that constituting the second conductive seed layer, the second conductive seed layer and the protective layer are integrated when the second conductive seed layer is formed, and the entire layer functions as a second conductive seed layer.
  • the thickness of the protective layer there are no particular restrictions on the thickness of the protective layer, so long as the process of forming an opening in the first conductive seed can be carried out smoothly and the subsequent process of removing a portion of the second conductive seed can be carried out without any problems.
  • the thickness be in the range of 0.1 to 10 ⁇ m, and from the perspective of operational efficiency in the subsequent process of removing a portion of the second conductive seed, it is preferable that the thickness be in the range of 0.2 to 3 ⁇ m.
  • the protective layer composed of the metal can be formed on the first conductive seed layer using known, commonly used dry or wet plating methods. Furthermore, when forming the first conductive seed layer using the aforementioned transfer method, a temporary substrate for transfer may be made of the same metal as the second conductive seed, and attached to an insulating substrate, and the temporary substrate may be used as a metal protective layer.
  • the metal material constituting the second conductive seed layer can be a variety of conductive substances, such as gold, platinum, palladium, aluminum, tin, copper, nickel, titanium, indium, and iridium, as long as the plating and etching processes described below can be carried out without any problems. However, if the type or mixture of metal is different from that of the first conductive seed layer, a metal with a different composition must be selected.
  • FIG. 1 Manufacturing process of laminates for semi-additive processes
  • step (1) a substrate is prepared in which a circuit 12 (copper, etc.) is formed on an insulating base material (base) 10.
  • an insulating base material 13 e.g., prepreg or interlayer insulating material
  • a primer layer 14 and a first conductive seed layer 16 (e.g., silver) are formed on the substrate in this order.
  • the insulating base material 13, the primer layer 14, and the first conductive seed layer 16 may be formed one layer at a time or all at once.
  • a protective layer e.g., a resin or metal film
  • the primer layer 14 and the first conductive seed layer 16 are formed on one side of the substrate 10, but the primer layer and the conductive seed layer may be formed on both sides of the substrate.
  • step (3) via processing (laser, etc.) is performed on the first conductive seed layer 16 (or any protective layer) to form vias (openings) 18.
  • the method for forming the vias (openings) 18 can be selected from known and commonly used methods, such as drilling, laser processing, and processing methods that combine laser processing with chemical etching of the insulating substrate using an oxidizing agent, alkaline chemical, acidic chemical, etc. In the example shown, so-called blind vias are used, but through-holes can also be formed.
  • the diameter of the holes formed by the drilling process is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 1 mm, more preferably in the range of 0.01 to 0.5 mm, and even more preferably in the range of 0.02 to 0.1 mm.
  • the organic and inorganic debris (smear) generated during the drilling process can cause poor plating deposition, reduced plating adhesion, and impaired plating appearance during the electrical connection on both sides and the plating process that forms the conductive layer, as described below, so it is preferable to remove the debris (desmearing).
  • Desmearing methods include, for example, dry processes (dry desmear) such as plasma treatment and reverse sputtering, and wet processes (wet desmear) such as cleaning with an aqueous oxidizing agent solution such as potassium permanganate, cleaning with an aqueous alkali or acid solution, and cleaning with an organic solvent.
  • step (4) electroless copper plating is performed on the entire surface, including the inside of the via (opening) 18, to form a second conductive seed layer 20 (copper).
  • a cover layer 22 is formed on the entire surface.
  • the cover layer 22 is an etching resist, and is formed by applying a film-like etching resist, but the cover layer 22 can also be formed by applying a liquid material.
  • step (5) which is the step of forming the cover layer 22
  • the surface of the second conductive seed layer 20 may be subjected to a surface treatment, such as cleaning with an acidic or alkaline cleaning solution, corona treatment, plasma treatment, UV treatment, gas-phase ozone treatment, liquid-phase ozone treatment, or treatment with a surface treatment agent, before the formation of the cover layer 22, in order to improve adhesion to the cover layer 22.
  • a surface treatment such as cleaning with an acidic or alkaline cleaning solution, corona treatment, plasma treatment, UV treatment, gas-phase ozone treatment, liquid-phase ozone treatment, or treatment with a surface treatment agent, before the formation of the cover layer 22, in order to improve adhesion to the cover layer 22.
  • a surface treatment such as cleaning with an acidic or alkaline cleaning solution, corona treatment, plasma treatment, UV treatment, gas-phase ozone treatment, liquid-phase ozone treatment, or treatment with a surface treatment agent, before the formation of the cover layer 22, in order to improve adh
  • Examples of treatments using the surface treatment agents include a treatment method using a rust inhibitor consisting of a triazole compound, a silane coupling agent, and an organic acid, as described in JP 7-258870 A; a treatment method using an organic acid, a benzotriazole rust inhibitor, and a silane coupling agent, as described in JP 2000-286546 A; a treatment method using a substance having a structure in which a nitrogen-containing heterocycle such as triazole or thiadiazole is bonded to a silyl group such as a trimethoxysilyl group or a triethoxysilyl group via an organic group having a thioether (sulfide) bond, as described in JP 2002-363189 A; and a treatment method using a compound having a structure in which a triazine ring and an amine group are bonded to a nitrogen-containing heterocycle such as triazole or thiadiazole via an organic group having a thioether (sulf
  • Examples of methods that can be used include treatment with a silane compound having an amino group, treatment with an imidazole silane compound obtained by reacting a formyl imidazole compound with an aminopropyl silane compound (disclosed in JP 2015-214743 A), treatment with an azole silane compound (disclosed in JP 2016-134454 A), treatment with a solution containing an aromatic compound having an amino group and an aromatic ring in one molecule, a polybasic acid having two or more carboxyl groups, and halide ions (disclosed in JP 2017-203073 A), and treatment with a surface treatment agent containing a triazole silane compound (disclosed in JP 2018-16865 A).
  • step (6) the cover layer 22 is patterned. If a negative etching resist is used as the cover layer, the exposed portions will be insoluble in the subsequent developer, while the unexposed portions will dissolve in the developer and be removed. After removal, the cover layer 22 that covers the opening is formed.
  • step (6) the cover layer 22 is exposed to actinic light in a pattern by passing it through a photomask or using a direct exposure machine.
  • the exposure dose can be set appropriately as needed.
  • the latent image formed in the photosensitive resist by exposure is removed using a developer, thereby patterning the cover layer 22.
  • the developer may be a dilute aqueous alkaline solution of 0.3 to 2% by mass of sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, or the like.
  • a surfactant, an antifoaming agent, or a small amount of an organic solvent to promote development may be added to the dilute aqueous alkaline solution.
  • development can be carried out by immersing the exposed substrate in the developer or by spraying the developer onto the resist with a spray, etc., and this development can form a patterned resist in which the pattern-forming portion has been removed.
  • cover layer 22 When forming the cover layer 22, you may also use plasma descum treatment or a commercially available resist residue remover to remove resist residue, such as the trailing edge at the boundary between the hardened resist and the substrate, and resist deposits remaining on the substrate surface.
  • the cover layer 22 used in the present invention can be made from commercially available resist ink, liquid resist, or dry film resist, and can be selected appropriately depending on the desired pattern resolution, the type of exposure machine used, the type of chemical solution used in the subsequent plating process, pH, etc.
  • resist inks include, for example, "Plating Resist MA-830" and “Etching Resist X-87” manufactured by Taiyo Ink Mfg. Co., Ltd.; etching resists and plating resists manufactured by NAZDAR; and the "Etching Resist PLAS FINE PER” series and “Plating Resist PLAS FINE PPR” series manufactured by GOO Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • electrodeposition resists include the “Eagle Series” and “Peper Series” manufactured by The Dow Chemical Company.
  • Examples of commercially available dry films include, for example, the "Photec” series manufactured by Resonac Inc.; the “ALPHO” series manufactured by Nikko Materials Co., Ltd.; the “Sunfort” series manufactured by Asahi Kasei Corporation; and the “Riston” series manufactured by DuPont.
  • dry film resist is a convenient way to efficiently manufacture printed wiring boards, and when forming fine circuits in particular, dry film for semi-additive processes can be used.
  • Commercially available dry films for this purpose include, for example, "ALFO LDF500” and “NIT2700” manufactured by Nikko Materials Co., Ltd., "Sunfort UFG-258” manufactured by Asahi Kasei Corporation, "RD Series (RD-2015, 1225)” and “RY Series (RY-5319, 5325)” manufactured by Resonac Inc., and “PlateMaster Series (PM200, 300)” manufactured by DuPont.
  • the diameter of the cover layer 22 after patterning preferably has a ratio of 1.05 to 3.0, more preferably 1.05 to 2.5, and even more preferably 1.05 to 2.0, where the diameter of the via (opening) 18 is taken as 1. If the diameter of the cover layer 22 after patterning is too small, it may be difficult to cover the via (opening) 18, and if the diameter of the cover layer 22 after patterning is too large, it may be difficult to improve the wiring density. If the patterns of the via (opening) 18 and the cover layer 22 are not perfect circles, the above ratio can be set based on the diameter of the circle inscribed in each of them.
  • the semi-additive laminate of the present invention can be manufactured.
  • a manufacturing example using a resist is shown as a method for forming a cover layer that covers the opening, but this is not particularly limited in the present invention, and any known, commonly used material and method can be used as long as it functions as a cover layer that covers the opening when the second conductive seed layer described below is etched and can be removed thereafter.
  • step (7) the portion of the second conductive seed layer 20 that is not covered by the cover layer 22 is removed by etching to expose the first conductive seed layer 16. Etching is carried out under conditions that do not etch the underlying first conductive seed layer 16, such as using a sulfuric acid-hydrogen peroxide or persulfate-based etching solution, with the temperature, concentration, and etching time appropriately adjusted.
  • a physical removal process may be carried out in addition to chemical etching using a chemical solution, as long as the seed function of the first conductive seed layer is not impaired.
  • a wet blasting process may be carried out, in which an aqueous solution mixed with an abrasive is sprayed with air.
  • step (8) the cover layer 22 is removed by immersion in a stripping solution such as sodium hydroxide.
  • plating resist 24 is formed over the entire surface.
  • plating resist 24 is formed by applying a film, but plating resist can also be formed by applying a liquid.
  • the surface of the first conductive seed layer 16 may be subjected to a surface treatment such as cleaning with an acidic or alkaline cleaning solution, corona treatment, plasma treatment, UV treatment, gas-phase ozone treatment, liquid-phase ozone treatment, or treatment with a surface treatment agent before forming the plating resist 24.
  • a surface treatment such as cleaning with an acidic or alkaline cleaning solution, corona treatment, plasma treatment, UV treatment, gas-phase ozone treatment, liquid-phase ozone treatment, or treatment with a surface treatment agent before forming the plating resist 24.
  • step (10) the plating resist 24 is patterned so that the resist remains in the non-circuit forming areas. If the plating resist 24 is a negative type, the exposed areas will be insoluble in the subsequent developer, and the unexposed areas will dissolve in the developer and be removed.
  • step (11) the entire surface is subjected to an electrolytic plating process such as electrolytic copper plating to form the pattern circuit 26.
  • an electrolytic plating process such as electrolytic copper plating to form the pattern circuit 26.
  • filled plating which plates up the inside of the via (opening) 18 to the same height as the wiring, or conformal plating can be used only on the inner walls of the via (opening) 18.
  • step (11) the first conductive seed layer 16 is used as a cathode electrode for electrolytic copper plating, and electrolytic copper plating is performed on the first conductive seed layer 16 exposed by development, thereby connecting the vias (openings) 18 of the laminate with copper plating and simultaneously forming a patterned circuit layer.
  • the surface of the first conductive seed layer 16 may be subjected to a surface treatment, if necessary.
  • a surface treatment include cleaning with an acidic or alkaline cleaning solution, corona treatment, plasma treatment, UV treatment, gas-phase ozone treatment, liquid-phase ozone treatment, and treatment with a surface treatment agent, provided that the surface of the first conductive seed layer 16 and the patterned plating resist 24 that has been formed are not damaged.
  • These surface treatments can be performed using one method or two or more methods in combination.
  • annealing may be performed after plating to relieve stress in the plating film and improve adhesion. Annealing may be performed before the etching step described below, after the etching step, or both before and after etching.
  • the annealing temperature can be selected appropriately within the range of 40 to 300°C depending on the heat resistance of the substrate used and the intended use, but a range of 40 to 250°C is preferred, and a range of 40 to 200°C is even more preferred in order to prevent oxidative degradation of the plating film.
  • the annealing time should be 10 minutes to 10 days when the temperature is in the range of 40 to 200°C, and approximately 5 minutes to 10 hours when annealing at temperatures above 200°C.
  • a rust inhibitor may be applied to the plating film surface as appropriate.
  • step (12) the plating resist 24 is stripped by immersion in a stripping solution such as sodium hydroxide.
  • step (13) the first conductive seed layer 16 is etched using a chemical solution, such as an organic acid, that does not etch the pattern circuit 26.
  • a chemical solution such as an organic acid
  • a multi-layer board with the required number of layers can be formed. Also, while the above example assumes a rigid board, the same process can be carried out on both sides of a flexible board.
  • step (12) the plating resist 24 is stripped, and then in step (13), the first conductive seed layer 16 in the non-pattern-forming areas is removed using an etching solution.
  • the plating resist 24 can be stripped under the recommended conditions described in the catalog or specifications of the photosensitive resist used.
  • the resist stripper used to strip the plating resist 24 can be a commercially available resist stripper or a 1.5 to 3 mass % aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide set to 45 to 60°C.
  • the plating resist 24 can be stripped by immersing the substrate on which the pattern circuit 26 is formed in the stripper, or by spraying the stripper with a spray or the like.
  • the etching solution used to remove the first conductive seed layer 16 in the non-pattern forming areas selectively etches only the first conductive seed layer 16, and does not etch the copper that forms the pattern circuit 26.
  • An example of such an etching solution is a mixture of carboxylic acid and hydrogen peroxide.
  • carboxylic acids include acetic acid, formic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, enanthic acid, caprylic acid, pelargonic acid, capric acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, margaric acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, arachidonic acid, eicosapentaenoic acid, docosahexaenoic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, gallic acid, mellitic acid, cinnamic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malic acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, aconitic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, and amino acids. These carboxylic acids can be
  • percarboxylic acid percarboxylic acid
  • the produced percarboxylic acid preferentially dissolves the silver that makes up the first conductive seed layer 16 while suppressing the dissolution of the copper that makes up the pattern circuit 26.
  • the mixing ratio of the mixture of carboxylic acid and hydrogen peroxide is preferably in the range of 2 to 100 moles of hydrogen peroxide per 1 mole of carboxylic acid, and more preferably in the range of 2 to 50 moles of hydrogen peroxide, as this can suppress dissolution of the copper pattern circuit 26.
  • the mixture of carboxylic acid and hydrogen peroxide is preferably an aqueous solution diluted with water. Furthermore, the content ratio of the mixture of carboxylic acid and hydrogen peroxide in the aqueous solution is preferably in the range of 2 to 65% by mass, more preferably 2 to 30% by mass, since this can suppress the effect of temperature rise in the etching solution.
  • the water used for the above dilution is preferably water from which ionic substances and impurities have been removed, such as ion-exchanged water, pure water, or ultrapure water.
  • a protective agent may be added to the etching solution to protect the pattern circuit 26 and prevent dissolution.
  • An azole compound is preferably used as the protective agent.
  • azole compounds include imidazole, pyrazole, triazole, tetrazole, oxazole, thiazole, selenazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, oxatriazole, and thiatriazole.
  • azole compounds include 2-methylbenzimidazole, aminotriazole, 1,2,3-benzotriazole, 4-aminobenzotriazole, 1-bisaminomethylbenzotriazole, aminotetrazole, phenyltetrazole, 2-phenylthiazole, and benzothiazole. These azole compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the concentration of the azole compound in the etching solution is preferably in the range of 0.001 to 2 mass%, and more preferably in the range of 0.01 to 0.2 mass%.
  • polyalkylene glycol as a protective agent to the etching solution, as this can prevent the copper pattern circuit 26 from dissolving.
  • polyalkylene glycols examples include water-soluble polymers such as polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, and polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene block copolymers. Of these, polyethylene glycol is preferred. Furthermore, the number-average molecular weight of the polyalkylene glycol is preferably in the range of 200 to 20,000.
  • the concentration of polyalkylene glycol in the etching solution is preferably in the range of 0.001 to 2% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.01 to 1% by mass.
  • additives such as sodium salts, potassium salts, or ammonium salts of organic acids may be added to the etching solution to suppress pH fluctuations.
  • the first conductive seed layer 16 can be removed by immersing the substrate in an etching solution after forming the pattern circuit 26, or by spraying the etching solution onto the substrate with a spray or the like.
  • all components of the etching solution may be prepared to have a predetermined composition and then supplied to the etching device, or each component of the etching solution may be supplied separately to the etching device and mixed within the device to prepare the predetermined composition.
  • Etching solutions are preferably used in the temperature range of 10 to 35°C, and when using etching solutions containing hydrogen peroxide, it is preferable to use them in the temperature range of 30°C or less, as this can prevent the decomposition of hydrogen peroxide.
  • a cleaning operation may be performed in addition to rinsing with water to prevent silver components dissolved in the etching solution from adhering to and remaining on the printed wiring board.
  • a cleaning solution that dissolves silver oxide, silver sulfide, and silver chloride but hardly dissolves silver.
  • an aqueous solution containing thiosulfate or tris(3-hydroxyalkyl)phosphine, or an aqueous solution containing mercaptocarboxylic acid or its salt as the cleaning solution.
  • Examples of thiosulfates include ammonium thiosulfate, sodium thiosulfate, and potassium thiosulfate.
  • Examples of tris(3-hydroxyalkyl)phosphines include tris(3-hydroxymethyl)phosphine, tris(3-hydroxyethyl)phosphine, and tris(3-hydroxypropyl)phosphine. These thiosulfates and tris(3-hydroxyalkyl)phosphines can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the concentration can be set appropriately depending on the process time, the characteristics of the cleaning equipment used, etc., but a range of 0.1 to 40% by mass is preferred, and a range of 1 to 30% by mass is more preferred from the standpoint of cleaning efficiency and chemical solution stability during continuous use.
  • the concentration can be set appropriately depending on the process time, the characteristics of the cleaning equipment used, etc., but a range of 0.1 to 50% by mass is preferred, and a range of 1 to 40% by mass is more preferred from the standpoint of cleaning efficiency and chemical solution stability during continuous use.
  • Examples of mercaptocarboxylic acids include thioglycolic acid, 2-mercaptopropionic acid, 3-mercaptopropionic acid, thiomalic acid, cysteine, and N-acetylcysteine.
  • Examples of salts of mercaptocarboxylic acids include alkali metal salts, ammonium salts, and amine salts.
  • the concentration is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 20% by mass, and from the standpoint of cleaning efficiency and process costs when treating large quantities, the range of 0.5 to 15% by mass is more preferable.
  • Methods for carrying out the above-mentioned cleaning operation include, for example, immersing the printed wiring board obtained by etching away the first conductive seed layer 16 in the non-pattern-forming areas in a cleaning solution, or spraying the cleaning solution onto the printed wiring board with a spray or the like.
  • the cleaning solution can be used at room temperature (25°C), but since this allows for stable cleaning without being affected by the outside temperature, it may also be set to a temperature of, for example, 30°C.
  • the process of removing the first conductive seed layer 16 from the non-pattern forming areas using an etching solution and the cleaning operation can be repeated as necessary.
  • a further cleaning operation may be carried out as necessary to further improve the insulation of the non-pattern-forming areas.
  • an alkaline permanganate solution prepared by dissolving potassium permanganate or sodium permanganate in an aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide or sodium hydroxide can be used.
  • Cleaning using an alkaline permanganate solution can be done by immersing the printed wiring board obtained by the above method in an alkaline permanganate solution set to 20-60°C, or by spraying the alkaline permanganate solution onto the printed wiring board using a spray or other method.
  • the printed wiring board Prior to cleaning, can be treated by contacting it with a water-soluble organic solvent containing an alcoholic hydroxyl group in order to improve the wettability of the alkaline permanganate solution to the substrate surface and improve cleaning efficiency.
  • organic solvents include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, and isopropyl alcohol. These organic solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the concentration of the alkaline permanganate solution can be selected as needed, but it is preferable to dissolve 0.1 to 10 parts by mass of potassium permanganate or sodium permanganate in 100 parts by mass of a 0.1 to 10% by mass aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide or sodium hydroxide. From the standpoint of cleaning efficiency, it is even more preferable to dissolve 1 to 6 parts by mass of potassium permanganate or sodium permanganate in 100 parts by mass of a 1 to 6% by mass aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide or sodium hydroxide.
  • solutions that have neutralizing and reducing properties include 0.5 to 15% by mass of dilute sulfuric acid or an aqueous solution containing an organic acid.
  • organic acids include formic acid, acetic acid, oxalic acid, citric acid, ascorbic acid, and methionine.
  • Cleaning with alkaline permanganate solution may be performed after cleaning to prevent silver components dissolved in the etching solution from adhering to and remaining on the printed wiring board, or cleaning with alkaline permanganate solution alone may be performed instead of cleaning to prevent silver components dissolved in the etching solution from adhering to and remaining on the printed wiring board.
  • the printed wiring board obtained by the method for manufacturing a printed wiring board of the present invention may be appropriately and optionally subjected to lamination of a coverlay film on the pattern circuit, formation of a solder resist layer, and nickel/gold plating, nickel/palladium/gold plating, or palladium/gold plating as a final surface treatment of the pattern circuit.
  • the method for manufacturing printed wiring boards using the semi-additive laminate of the present invention described above makes it possible to produce double-sided and via-connected circuit boards that have high adhesion, good design reproducibility, and patterned circuits with smooth surfaces and good rectangular cross-sectional shapes on a variety of smooth substrates. Therefore, by using the method for manufacturing printed wiring boards using the semi-additive laminate of the present invention, high-density, high-performance printed wiring board substrates and printed wiring boards of various shapes and sizes can be provided efficiently and at low cost, making the method highly applicable industrially in the printed wiring board field. Furthermore, the laminate can be used to manufacture not only printed wiring boards, but also various components that have a patterned metal layer on a flat substrate surface, such as connectors, electromagnetic shields, antennas for RFID and the like, and film capacitors.
  • aqueous dispersion of the urethane prepolymer obtained above 8.8 parts by mass of a 25% by mass aqueous solution of ethylenediamine was added, and the mixture was stirred to extend the chain of the urethane prepolymer. The mixture was then aged and desolvated to obtain an aqueous dispersion of urethane resin (non-volatile content: 30% by mass). The weight average molecular weight of the urethane resin was 53,000.
  • a monomer mixture consisting of 60 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 30 parts by mass of n-butyl acrylate, and 10 parts by mass of N-n-butoxymethylacrylamide, and 20 parts by mass of a 0.5% by mass aqueous ammonium persulfate solution were added dropwise from separate dropping funnels over 120 minutes while maintaining the temperature inside the reaction vessel at 80°C.
  • aqueous dispersion of a resin composition for the primer layer which is a core-shell composite resin with the urethane resin as the shell layer and an acrylic resin made from raw materials such as methyl methacrylate as the core layer.
  • Preparation Example 1 Preparation of silver particle dispersion A dispersion containing silver particles and a dispersant was prepared by dispersing silver particles having an average particle size of 30 nm in a mixed solvent of 45 parts by mass of ethylene glycol and 55 parts by mass of ion-exchanged water using a compound formed by adding polyoxyethylene to polyethyleneimine as a dispersant. Next, ion-exchanged water, ethanol, and a surfactant were added to the resulting dispersion to prepare a 5% by mass silver particle dispersion.
  • Preparation Example 2 Preparation of silver etching solution A silver etching solution was prepared by adding 2.6 parts by mass of acetic acid to 47.4 parts by mass of ion-exchanged water, and then adding 50 parts by mass of 35% by mass of hydrogen peroxide solution. The molar ratio of hydrogen peroxide to carboxylic acid (hydrogen peroxide/carboxylic acid) in this silver etching solution was 13.6, and the content of the mixture of hydrogen peroxide and carboxylic acid in the silver etching solution was 22.4% by mass.
  • Preparation Example 3 Preparation of copper etching solution A copper etching solution was prepared by mixing 37.5 g/L of sulfuric acid and 13.5 g/L of hydrogen peroxide with ion-exchanged water.
  • Example 1 The primer obtained in Production Example 1 was applied to the surface of a polyimide film ("Kapton 100EN-C” manufactured by DuPont-Toray Co., Ltd.; thickness: 25 ⁇ m) serving as an insulating substrate using a small desktop coater ("K Printing Profer” manufactured by RK Print Coat Instruments Co., Ltd.) so that the thickness after drying would be 300 nm, and then dried for 5 minutes at 80°C using a hot air dryer. Further, the film was turned over, and the primer obtained in Production Example 1 was applied to the surface in the same manner as above so that the thickness after drying would be 300 nm, and then dried for 5 minutes at 80°C using a hot air dryer, thereby forming primer layers on both surfaces of the polyimide film.
  • a polyimide film ("Kapton 100EN-C” manufactured by DuPont-Toray Co., Ltd.; thickness: 25 ⁇ m) serving as an insulating substrate using a small desktop coater ("K Printing Profer” manufactured by RK Print
  • the silver particle dispersion obtained in Preparation Example 1 was applied to the polyimide film obtained above having primer layers on both surfaces using a small desktop coater (RK Printing Profer, manufactured by RK Print Coat Instruments) so that the silver particle layer after drying would be 0.5 g/ m2 .
  • the film was then dried for 5 minutes at 160°C using a hot air dryer.
  • the film was then turned over, and the silver particle dispersion obtained in Preparation Example 1 was applied to the polyimide film in the same manner as above so that the silver particle layer would be 0.5 g/ m2.
  • the film was then dried for 5 minutes at 160°C using a hot air dryer, thereby forming silver particle layers on both surfaces of the polyimide film.
  • the film substrate thus obtained was baked for 5 minutes at 250°C, and the conductivity of the silver particle layer was confirmed with a tester.
  • a polyimide film having a primer and a first conductive seed layer (silver particle layer) on both surfaces of the polyimide was obtained.
  • a 38 ⁇ m thick polyester removable adhesive tape (Panaprotect HP/CT, manufactured by Panac Corporation) was laminated as a peelable cover layer onto the polyimide film obtained above, which had first conductive seed layers on both surfaces, using a roll laminator (VA-770, manufactured by Taisei Laminator Co., Ltd.), producing a laminate for semi-additive construction in which the first conductive seed layer and peelable cover layer were sequentially laminated on both surfaces of the polyimide film, which served as an insulating substrate.
  • a roll laminator VA-770, manufactured by Taisei Laminator Co., Ltd.
  • a 50 ⁇ m diameter via was formed on the peelable cover layer of the laminate using a CO 2 laser processing machine (manufactured by Via Mechanics Co., Ltd.). After that, smears generated by via processing were removed by plasma treatment, and the peelable cover layer was peeled off to expose the first conductive seed layer. Next, the entire surface, including the inside of the via, was subjected to electroless copper plating (immersion in an electroless copper plating solution ("Circuposit 6550" manufactured by Rohm and Haas Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) at 35° C. for 10 minutes) to form a copper layer, which is a second conductive seed layer.
  • electroless copper plating immersion in an electroless copper plating solution ("Circuposit 6550" manufactured by Rohm and Haas Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.
  • an etching resist (Photec RY-3110, manufactured by Resonac Corporation, resist film thickness 25 ⁇ m) was formed over the entire surface using a roll laminator (VA-770, manufactured by Taisei Laminator Co., Ltd.) at 100°C. After that, a pattern was exposed using an exposure device (manufactured by Oak Manufacturing Co., Ltd.) equipped with a high-pressure mercury lamp, designed to protect the via area. Development was then carried out at 30°C with a 1% by weight aqueous solution of sodium carbonate, removing the etching resist from areas other than those above the vias.
  • a roll laminator VA-770, manufactured by Taisei Laminator Co., Ltd.
  • the electroless copper plating portions not covered by the etching resist were removed by etching using the sulfuric acid/hydrogen peroxide-based copper etching solution prepared in Preparation Example 3, and the etching resist was then stripped by immersion in a 3% by mass aqueous sodium hydroxide solution at 50°C.
  • a plating resist (Resonac Corporation, Photec RY-5125, resist film thickness 15 ⁇ m) was formed over the entire surface using a roll laminator (Taisei Laminator Co., Ltd., VA-770) at 100°C, after which the pattern was exposed using an exposure device equipped with a high-pressure mercury lamp (Oak Manufacturing Co., Ltd.), and the plating resist in the via and wiring areas was removed by developing at 30°C with a 1% by weight aqueous solution of sodium carbonate.
  • the surfaces of the first conductive seed layer and the second conductive seed layer formed on the surfaces of the openings were placed on the cathode, and phosphorus-containing copper was used as the anode.
  • An electrolytic plating solution containing copper sulfate (copper sulfate 60 g/L, sulfuric acid 190 g/L, chloride ions 50 mg/L, additive (Coppergleam ST-901 manufactured by Rohm and Haas Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was used to perform electrolytic copper plating at a current density of 2.4 A/ dm2 for 30 minutes, thereby plating up the via portion and the wiring portion to the same height.
  • the plated resist was stripped by immersion in a 3 mass % aqueous sodium hydroxide solution at 50°C.
  • the laminate obtained above was immersed in the silver etching solution obtained in Preparation Example 2 at 25°C for 30 seconds to remove the first conductive seed layer other than the conductive layer pattern, thereby obtaining a printed wiring board.
  • Example 2 A printed wiring board was obtained through the same steps as in Example 1, except that no primer layer was provided.
  • Example 3 A printed wiring board was obtained through the same steps as in Example 1, except that no peelable cover layer was provided and the peeling step of the peelable cover layer was not carried out.
  • Example 4 In Example 1, instead of forming a 38 ⁇ m thick Panaprotect HP/CT peelable cover layer on the polyimide film having first conductive seed layers on both surfaces thereof, the first conductive seed layer was placed as the cathode, and phosphorous copper was used as the anode.
  • An electrolytic plating solution containing copper sulfate (copper sulfate 60 g/L, sulfuric acid 190 g/L, chloride ions 50 mg/L, additive (Coppergleam ST-901 manufactured by Rohm and Haas Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was used to perform electrolytic copper plating at a current density of 2.0 A/ dm2 for 2.5 minutes, thereby forming a 2 ⁇ m thick copper layer on the first conductive layer.
  • a laminate was obtained through the same steps as in Example 1, except that a 2 ⁇ m thick copper layer was formed on the first conductive layer.
  • a 100 ⁇ m diameter via was formed on the copper layer of the laminate using a CO 2 laser processing machine (manufactured by Via Mechanics Co., Ltd.). Smears generated by the via processing were then removed by wet desmearing using permanganic acid. Next, the entire surface, including the interior of the via, was subjected to electroless copper plating (immersion in an electroless copper plating solution ("Circuposit 6550" manufactured by Rohm and Haas Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) at 35° C. for 10 minutes) to form a copper layer serving as a second conductive seed layer.
  • electroless copper plating immersion in an electroless copper plating solution ("Circuposit 6550" manufactured by Rohm and Haas Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.
  • the copper-plated portions not covered by the etching resist were removed by etching using the sulfuric acid/hydrogen peroxide-based copper etching solution prepared in Preparation Example 3, in the same manner as in Example 1, and a printed wiring board was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1.
  • Example 5 the type of the first conductive seed layer was changed to aluminum, and an aluminum layer having a thickness of 500 nm was formed by vapor deposition, followed by the same steps as in Example 4 to obtain a laminate.
  • Aluminum etching was performed using a mixed acid Al etching solution (manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Inc.).

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Manufacturing Of Printed Wiring (AREA)

Abstract

[Problem] To obtain a laminate for a semi-additive process in which, even with a step for forming an aperture in a substrate for a semi-additive process and forming a conductive seed layer as well as an additional conductive seed layer on the surface of the aperture, interconnects with a satisfactorily smooth and rectangular shape can be formed without retaining a metallic layer of the same type as the conductive layer of a pattern circuit on the conductive seed layer during circuit formation. [Solution] A laminate for a semi-additive process according to the present invention comprises: an insulating substrate; a first conductive seed layer with an aperture formed on at least one side of the insulating substrate; a second conductive seed layer formed on the inner surface of the aperture in the first conductive seed layer and electrically connected to the first conductive seed layer; and a cover layer covering the aperture, wherein the first conductive seed layer and the second conductive seed layer are formed from a metallic material, and the second conductive seed layer is formed from a different type of metallic material than the first conductive seed layer.

Description

セミアディティブ工法用積層体、プリント配線板、セミアディティブ工法用積層体の製造方法およびプリント配線板を製造する方法Laminate for semi-additive process, printed wiring board, method for manufacturing laminate for semi-additive process, and method for manufacturing printed wiring board

 本発明は、基材両面を電気的に接続するために用いられる平面状のセミアディティブ工法用積層体および、プリント配線板、セミアディティブ工法用積層体の製造方法およびプリント配線板を製造する方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a planar semi-additive laminate used to electrically connect both sides of a substrate, a printed wiring board, a method for manufacturing a semi-additive laminate, and a method for manufacturing a printed wiring board.

 プリント配線板は、絶縁性基材の表面にパターン回路の金属層が形成されたものである。近年、電子機器製品の小型化、軽量化要求に伴い、プリント配線板の薄型化および、回路配線の高精細化が求められている。従来、回路配線を製造する方法としては、絶縁性基材上に形成された銅層の表面に、パターン回路形状のエッチングレジストを形成し、回路不要部の銅層をエッチングすることによって銅配線を形成するサブトラクティブ法が広く用いられてきた。しかしながら、サブトラクティブ法においては、配線裾部分の銅が残りやすく、回路配線の高密度化によって配線間距離が短くなると、短絡や配線間の絶縁信頼性に乏しいなどの問題があった。また、短絡を防ぐ目的や、絶縁信頼性を向上させるために、エッチングをさらに進行させると、レジスト下部にエッチング液がまわり込んで、サイドエッチングが進む結果、配線幅方向が細くなってしまうことが問題であった。特に、配線密度の異なる領域が混在する場合、配線密度の低い領域に存在する微細配線は、エッチングを進行させると、消失してしまうなどの問題もあった。さらに、サブトラクティブ法で得られる配線の表面が平滑でなく、また、台形状や三角形状の基材側に裾の広がった形状となることから、厚さ方向に幅が異なった配線となり、電気伝送路としても問題があった。 Printed wiring boards are made by forming a metal layer of a patterned circuit on the surface of an insulating substrate. In recent years, demand for smaller and lighter electronic products has led to a demand for thinner printed wiring boards and finer circuit wiring. Traditionally, the subtractive method has been widely used to manufacture circuit wiring. This involves forming an etching resist in the shape of a patterned circuit on the surface of a copper layer formed on an insulating substrate, and then etching away the copper layer in areas where no circuit is required to form copper wiring. However, the subtractive method tends to leave copper at the base of the wiring. As the distance between wires becomes shorter due to increased circuit wiring density, this can lead to problems such as short circuits and poor insulation reliability between wires. Furthermore, when etching is continued to prevent short circuits or improve insulation reliability, the etching solution can seep under the resist, causing side etching, resulting in a thinner wire width. In particular, when areas of different wiring densities are mixed, the fine wiring in areas of lower wiring density can disappear as the etching progresses. Furthermore, the surface of the wiring obtained using the subtractive method is not smooth, and the trapezoidal or triangular shape flares out toward the substrate, resulting in wiring with varying widths in the thickness direction, which poses problems when used as an electrical transmission path.

 これらの問題を解決し、微細配線回路を作製する方法として、セミアディティブ法が提案されている。セミアディティブ法においては、絶縁性基材上に導電性のシード層を形成しておき、当該シード層上の非回路形成部にめっきレジストを形成する。導電性のシード層を通じて電解めっきで配線部を形成した後、レジストを剥離し、非回路形成部のシード層を除去することによって微細配線を形成する。この方法によれば、レジストの形状に沿ってめっきを析出させるので、配線の表面形状を平滑にし、且つ、断面形状を矩形にすることができ、また、パターンの疎密に関係なく、目的とする幅の配線を析出させることができるので、微細配線の形成に適している。 The semi-additive method has been proposed as a way to solve these problems and create fine wiring circuits. In the semi-additive method, a conductive seed layer is formed on an insulating substrate, and a plating resist is formed on the seed layer in areas where no circuitry is to be formed. After forming wiring areas using electrolytic plating through the conductive seed layer, the resist is peeled off and the seed layer is removed from the areas where no circuitry is to be formed, forming fine wiring. With this method, plating is deposited following the shape of the resist, making it possible to create a smooth wiring surface and a rectangular cross-section. Furthermore, wiring of the desired width can be deposited regardless of the density of the pattern, making it suitable for forming fine wiring.

 セミアディティブ法においては、絶縁性基材上にパラジウム触媒を用いた無電解銅めっきや、無電解ニッケルめっきにより、導電性のシード層を形成する方法が知られている。
 これらの方法では、例えばビルドアップフィルムを用いる場合、フィルム基材と銅めっき膜の密着性を確保するために、デスミア粗化と呼ばれる過マンガン酸等の強い薬剤を用いた基材表面粗化が行われており、形成された空隙中からめっき膜を形成することによって、アンカー効果を利用し、絶縁性基材とめっき膜の密着性を確保している。しかしながら、基材表面を粗化すると、微細配線を形成することが難しくなり、また、高周波伝送特性が劣化するなどの問題がある。このため、粗化の程度を小さくすることが検討されているが、低粗化の場合には、形成された配線と基材間の必要な密着強度が得られないという問題があった。
In the semi-additive method, a method is known in which a conductive seed layer is formed on an insulating substrate by electroless copper plating or electroless nickel plating using a palladium catalyst.
In these methods, for example, when a build-up film is used, the substrate surface is roughened using a strong chemical such as permanganate, a process known as desmear roughening, to ensure adhesion between the film substrate and the copper plating film. The plating film is formed in the resulting voids, utilizing the anchor effect to ensure adhesion between the insulating substrate and the plating film. However, roughening the substrate surface makes it difficult to form fine wiring and also leads to problems such as deterioration of high-frequency transmission characteristics. For this reason, attempts have been made to reduce the degree of roughening, but low roughening has led to the problem that the required adhesion strength between the formed wiring and the substrate cannot be obtained.

 一方、ポリイミドフィルム上に無電解ニッケルめっきを施して導電シードを形成する技術も知られている。この場合には、ポリイミドフィルムを強アルカリに浸漬することによって、表層のイミド環を開環させてフィルム表面を親水性化すると同時に、水の浸透する改質層を形成し、当該改質層中にパラジウム触媒を浸透させて、無電解ニッケルめっきを行うことによってニッケルのシード層を形成している(例えば、特許文献1参照。)。本技術においては、ポリイミド最表層の改質層中からニッケルめっきが形成されることによって密着強度を得ているが、当該改質層は、イミド環を開環させた状態であるため、フィルム表層が物理的、化学的に弱い構造になるという問題があった。 Meanwhile, a technology is also known in which a conductive seed is formed by electroless nickel plating on a polyimide film. In this case, the polyimide film is immersed in a strong alkali to open the imide rings in the surface layer, making the film surface hydrophilic, while at the same time forming a modified layer that is permeable to water. A palladium catalyst is then impregnated into this modified layer, and electroless nickel plating is performed to form a nickel seed layer (see, for example, Patent Document 1). With this technology, nickel plating is formed from within the modified layer on the outermost polyimide surface, thereby achieving adhesion strength. However, because the modified layer is in a state where the imide rings are opened, there is the problem that the film surface has a physically and chemically weak structure.

 これに対し、表面粗化、もしくは、表層に改質層を形成しない方法として、スパッタ法によって絶縁性基材上にニッケル、もしくはチタン等の導電性シードを形成する方法も知られている(例えば、特許文献2参照。)。この方法は、基材表面を粗化することなくシード層を形成することが可能であるが、高価な真空装置を用いる必要があり、大きな初期投資が必要であること、基材サイズや形状に制限があること、生産性が低い煩雑な工程であることなどが問題であった。 In contrast to this, a method of forming a conductive seed of nickel, titanium, or the like on an insulating substrate by sputtering is also known as a method of roughening the surface or not forming a modified layer on the surface (see, for example, Patent Document 2). While this method makes it possible to form a seed layer without roughening the substrate surface, it has problems such as the need to use expensive vacuum equipment, requiring a large initial investment, limitations on the substrate size and shape, and being a complicated process with low productivity.

 スパッタ法の問題を解決する方法として、金属粒子を含有する導電性インクの塗工層を導電性シード層として利用する方法が提案されている(例えば、特許文献3参照。)。この技術においては、フィルムもしくはシートからなる絶縁性基材上に、1~500nmの粒子径をもつ金属粒子を分散させた導電性インクを塗工し、熱処理を行うことにより、前記塗工された導電性インク中の金属粒子を金属層として絶縁性の基材上に固着させて導電シード層を形成し、さらに当該導電シード層上にめっきを行う技術が開示されている。 As a way to solve the problems with sputtering, a method has been proposed in which a coating layer of conductive ink containing metal particles is used as a conductive seed layer (see, for example, Patent Document 3). This technology involves coating an insulating substrate made of a film or sheet with a conductive ink containing dispersed metal particles with a particle size of 1 to 500 nm, and then performing a heat treatment to fix the metal particles in the coated conductive ink as a metal layer on the insulating substrate, forming a conductive seed layer, and then plating the conductive seed layer.

 特許文献3においては、セミアディティブ法によるパターン形成が提案されており、実施例において、銅の粒子を分散させた導電性インクを塗工し、熱処理を行って銅の導電シード層を形成した基材をセミアディティブ工法用の基材として用い、導電シード層上に、感光性レジストを形成し、露光、現像を経て、パターン形成部を電解銅めっきで厚膜化、レジストを剥離した後、銅の導電シード層をエッチング除去することが記載されている。
 また、従来から検討されてきたセミアディティブ工法によるプリント配線板形成の場合には、絶縁性基材上に、薄い銅箔、もしくは、銅めっき膜を導電性シードとして設けた基材が、セミアディティブ工法用の基材として用いられている。
Patent Document 3 proposes pattern formation by a semi-additive method, and in the examples, describes that a substrate on which a conductive ink having copper particles dispersed therein is applied and heat-treated to form a copper conductive seed layer is used as a substrate for the semi-additive method, and that a photosensitive resist is formed on the conductive seed layer, and after exposure and development, the pattern formation portion is thickened by electrolytic copper plating, the resist is peeled off, and then the copper conductive seed layer is etched away.
In addition, in the case of forming printed wiring boards using the semi-additive process, which has been studied in the past, a substrate in which a thin copper foil or a copper plating film is provided as a conductive seed on an insulating substrate is used as the substrate for the semi-additive process.

 このような、銅の導電性シード層と銅のパターン回路の組み合わせのように、導電性シード層とパターン回路の導電層が同じ金属で形成されている場合、非パターン形成部の導電性シード層を除去する際、パターン回路の導電層も、同時にエッチングされてしまうため、パターン回路が細く、薄くなり、かつ、回路導電層の表面粗度も大きくなることが知られており、高密度配線、高周波伝送用配線を製造する上で解決すべき課題であった。 When the conductive seed layer and the conductive layer of the pattern circuit are formed from the same metal, as in this combination of a copper conductive seed layer and a copper pattern circuit, when the conductive seed layer in the non-pattern forming area is removed, the conductive layer of the pattern circuit is also etched at the same time, which is known to result in the pattern circuit becoming narrower and thinner and increasing the surface roughness of the circuit conductive layer, posing a challenge that needed to be resolved when manufacturing high-density wiring and wiring for high-frequency transmission.

 これらの課題に対し、非特許文献1、2では、絶縁性基材の表面上に、導電性の銀粒子層を形成した基材をセミアディティブ工法用の基材として用いることによって、シード層エッチング工程において、パターン回路の細りや、薄膜化が起こらず設計再現性がよく、平滑な回路層表面を有するプリント配線板を形成する技術を発明している。 In response to these issues, Non-Patent Documents 1 and 2 invent a technology for forming printed wiring boards with a smooth circuit layer surface, with good design reproducibility, and without thinning or thinning of the pattern circuit during the seed layer etching process, by using a substrate with a conductive silver particle layer formed on the surface of an insulating substrate as the substrate for semi-additive processing.

国際公開第2009/004774号International Publication No. 2009/004774 特開平9-136378号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 9-136378 特開2010-272837号公報JP 2010-272837 A

村川昭,深澤憲正,冨士川亘,白髪潤:“銀ナノ粒子を下地としたセミアディティブ法による銅パターン形成技術”,第28回マイクロエレクトロニクスシンポジウム論文集,pp285-288,2018.Akira Murakawa, Norimasa Fukazawa, Wataru Fujikawa, Jun Shiraga: "Copper pattern formation technology using semi-additive method with silver nanoparticles as a substrate", Proceedings of the 28th Microelectronics Symposium, pp. 285-288, 2018. 村川昭,新林昭太,深澤憲正,冨士川亘,白髪潤,:“銀をシード層としたセミアディティブ法による銅配線形成”,第33回エレクトロニクス実装学会春季講演大会論文集,11B2-03,2019.Akira Murakawa, Shota Shinbayashi, Norimasa Fukazawa, Wataru Fujikawa, Jun Shiraga: "Formation of Copper Wiring by Semi-Additive Method Using Silver Seed Layer", Proceedings of the 33rd Japan Institute of Electronics Packaging Spring Conference, 11B2-03, 2019.

 非特許文献1、2の技術は、片面での回路形成だけでなく、両面で回路を形成することが可能であるが、両面の回路を接続するために、導電性の銀粒子層を絶縁性基材の両面に有するセミアディティブ工法用基材にホールを形成し導電性物質により導電性シード層を形成する工程を実施するとホール部分のみでなく銀粒子層上にも導電性物質が形成される。導電性シード層とパターン回路の導電層が同じ金属で形成されている場合、前記で示した通り非パターン形成部の導電性シード層を除去する際、パターン回路の導電層も、同時にエッチングされてしまうため、パターン回路が細く、薄くなり、かつ、回路導電層の表面粗度も大きくなることが知られており、高密度配線、高周波伝送用配線を製造する上で解決すべき課題であった。 The technologies in Non-Patent Documents 1 and 2 allow for the formation of circuits not only on one side but also on both sides. However, to connect the circuits on both sides, when holes are formed in a semi-additive substrate having conductive silver particle layers on both sides of an insulating substrate and a conductive seed layer is formed using a conductive material, the conductive material is formed not only in the hole but also on the silver particle layer. If the conductive seed layer and the conductive layer of the pattern circuit are made of the same metal, as described above, when the conductive seed layer in the non-pattern forming area is removed, the conductive layer of the pattern circuit is also etched at the same time. This makes the pattern circuit thinner and narrower, and increases the surface roughness of the circuit conductive layer. This has been an issue that needed to be resolved in the manufacture of high-density wiring and wiring for high-frequency transmission.

 本発明が解決しようとする課題は、セミアディティブ工法用基材に開口部を形成し導電性シード層および開口部の表面にさらに導電性シード層を形成する工程を経ても、回路形成時に導電性シード層上にパターン回路の導電層と同種の金属層を保持することなく、表面が平滑で、且つ、矩形形状の、良好な配線を形成可能なセミアディティブ工法用積層体を得ることである。 The problem that this invention aims to solve is to obtain a laminate for semi-additive processing that has a smooth surface and is capable of forming good rectangular wiring, even after undergoing the steps of forming an opening in a semi-additive processing substrate, forming a conductive seed layer, and forming another conductive seed layer on the surface of the opening, without retaining a metal layer of the same type as the conductive layer of the pattern circuit on the conductive seed layer during circuit formation.

 本発明者らは、上記の課題を解決すべく鋭意研究した結果、セミアディティブ工法用積層体において、絶縁性基材と、前記絶縁性基材の少なくとも一方の面に形成された開口部を有する第一の導電性シード層と、前記第一の導電性シード層の開口部の内面に形成され、前記第一の導電性シード層と電気的に接続された第二の導電性シード層と、前記開口部を覆うカバー層とを備える構成とし、前記第一の導電性シード層および前記第二の導電性シード層をそれぞれ異種の金属材料で構成することで、回路形成時に良好な矩形形状の配線を形成できることを見いだした。本発明は係る知見によるものである。即ち、本発明の要旨は以下のとおりである。 As a result of extensive research to solve the above-mentioned problems, the inventors discovered that a laminate for semi-additive processes comprising an insulating substrate, a first conductive seed layer having an opening formed on at least one surface of the insulating substrate, a second conductive seed layer formed on the inner surface of the opening in the first conductive seed layer and electrically connected to the first conductive seed layer, and a cover layer covering the opening, and that by constructing the first conductive seed layer and the second conductive seed layer from different metal materials, it is possible to form wiring with a good rectangular shape during circuit formation. The present invention is based on this finding. Specifically, the gist of the present invention is as follows.

[1] 絶縁性基材と;
 前記絶縁性基材の少なくとも一方の面に形成された開口部を有する第一の導電性シード層と;
 前記第一の導電性シード層の開口部の内面に形成され、前記第一の導電性シード層と電気的に接続された第二の導電性シード層と;
 前記開口部を覆うカバー層と;
を備え、
 前記第一の導電性シード層および前記第二の導電性シード層は、金属材料から構成されており、
 前記第二の導電性シード層は、前記第一の導電性シード層と異種の金属材料から構成されている、セミアディティブ工法用積層体。
[2] 前記第一の導電性シード層を構成する金属材料が銀であり、前記第二の導電性シード層を構成する金属材料が銅である、[1]に記載のセミアディティブ工法用積層体。
[3] 前記絶縁性基材と前記第一の導電性シード層との間に、プライマー層を有する、[1]または[2]に記載のセミアディティブ工法用積層体。
[4] [1]~[3]のいずれか1項に記載のセミアディティブ工法用積層体を用いたプリント配線板。
[5] [1]~[3]のいずれか一項に記載のセミアディティブ工法用積層体を製造する方法であって、
 第一の導電性シード層を絶縁性基材の少なくとも一方の面に有する基材に開口部を形成する工程と;
 前記第一の導電性シード層の表面および前記開口部の内面に、前記第一の導電性シード層と異なる金属からなる第二の導電性シード層を形成する工程と;
 前記開口部を覆うカバー層を形成する工程と;
を含む、セミアディティブ工法用積層体の製造方法。
[6] 前記第一の導電性シード層上に保護層を形成した状態で、開口部を形成する、[5]に記載のセミアディティブ工法用積層体の製造方法。
[7] 前記保護層が、剥離性カバー層である、[6]に記載のセミアディティブ工法用積層体の製造方法。
[8] 前記保護層が、前記第二の導電性シード層を形成する金属材料と同一の金属材料から構成されている、[5]または[6]に記載のセミアディティブ工法用積層体の製造方法。
[9] [5]~[8]のいずれかに記載の製造方法により得られたセミアディティブ工法用積層体を用いてプリント配線板を製造する方法であって、
 前記セミアディティブ工法用積層体の前記第一の導電性シード層上の前記第二の導電性シード層の一部を除去して、前記第一の導電性シード層の表面を露出させる工程と;
 前記開口部を覆うカバー層を除去する工程と;
 露出させた前記第一の導電性シード層上の一部にめっきレジストを形成する工程と;
 前記第二の導電性シード層および露出した前記第一の導電性シード層上に電解めっき法によりパターン回路部を形成する工程と;
 前記めっきレジストを剥離して、第一導電性シード層を露出させる工程と;
 露出させた前記第一導電性シード層を除去する工程と;
を含む、プリント配線板の製造方法。
[10] 前記第一の導電性シード層を構成する金属材料が銀であり、前記第二の導電性シード層を構成する金属材料が銅である、[9]に記載のプリント配線板の製造方法。
[11] 前記絶縁性基材と前記第一の導電性シード層との間に、プライマー層を有する、[9]または[10]に記載のプリント配線板の製造方法。
[1] an insulating substrate;
a first conductive seed layer having an opening formed on at least one surface of the insulating substrate;
a second conductive seed layer formed on the inner surface of the opening in the first conductive seed layer and electrically connected to the first conductive seed layer;
a cover layer covering the opening;
Equipped with
the first conductive seed layer and the second conductive seed layer are made of a metal material;
A laminate for semi-additive processing, wherein the second conductive seed layer is composed of a metal material different from that of the first conductive seed layer.
[2] The laminate for semi-additive processes according to [1], wherein the metal material constituting the first conductive seed layer is silver, and the metal material constituting the second conductive seed layer is copper.
[3] The laminate for semi-additive processes according to [1] or [2], which has a primer layer between the insulating substrate and the first conductive seed layer.
[4] A printed wiring board using the laminate for semi-additive processes according to any one of [1] to [3].
[5] A method for producing the laminate for semi-additive manufacturing according to any one of [1] to [3],
forming an opening in an insulating substrate having a first conductive seed layer on at least one surface of the substrate;
forming a second conductive seed layer made of a metal different from that of the first conductive seed layer on a surface of the first conductive seed layer and on an inner surface of the opening;
forming a cover layer covering the opening;
A method for producing a laminate for semi-additive manufacturing, comprising:
[6] The method for producing a laminate for a semi-additive process according to [5], wherein an opening is formed in a state where a protective layer is formed on the first conductive seed layer.
[7] The method for producing a laminate for semi-additive processes according to [6], wherein the protective layer is a peelable cover layer.
[8] The method for producing a laminate for a semi-additive process according to [5] or [6], wherein the protective layer is made of the same metal material as the metal material that forms the second conductive seed layer.
[9] A method for producing a printed wiring board using a laminate for semi-additive processing obtained by the production method according to any one of [5] to [8],
removing a portion of the second conductive seed layer on the first conductive seed layer of the semi-additive manufacturing laminate to expose a surface of the first conductive seed layer;
removing a cover layer covering the opening;
forming a plating resist on a portion of the exposed first conductive seed layer;
forming a patterned circuit portion on the second conductive seed layer and the exposed first conductive seed layer by electroplating;
stripping the plating resist to expose the first conductive seed layer;
removing the exposed first conductive seed layer;
A method for manufacturing a printed wiring board, comprising:
[10] The method for manufacturing a printed wiring board according to [9], wherein the metal material constituting the first conductive seed layer is silver, and the metal material constituting the second conductive seed layer is copper.
[11] The method for producing a printed wiring board according to [9] or [10], wherein a primer layer is provided between the insulating substrate and the first conductive seed layer.

 本発明によれば、セミアディティブ工法用基材に開口部を形成し導電性シード層および開口部の表面にさらに導電性シード層を形成する工程を経ても、回路形成時に導電性シード層上にパターン回路の導電層と同種の金属層を保持することなく、表面が平滑で、且つ、矩形形状の良好な配線を形成可能なセミアディティブ工法用積層体、およびそれを用いたプリント配線板を提供することができる。 The present invention provides a laminate for semi-additive processes that has a smooth surface and allows for the formation of well-formed rectangular wiring without retaining a metal layer of the same type as the conductive layer of the pattern circuit on the conductive seed layer during circuit formation, even after processes of forming openings in a semi-additive process substrate and forming a conductive seed layer on the surface of the opening, and a printed wiring board using the same.

図1は、本発明に係るプリント配線板の製造工程を示す断面図である。1A to 1C are cross-sectional views showing the manufacturing process of a printed wiring board according to the present invention. 図2は、本発明に係るプリント配線板の製造工程を示す断面図である。2A to 2C are cross-sectional views showing the manufacturing process of a printed wiring board according to the present invention. 図3は、本発明に係るプリント配線板の製造工程を示す断面図である。3A to 3C are cross-sectional views showing the manufacturing process of the printed wiring board according to the present invention. 図4は、本発明に係るプリント配線板の製造工程を示す断面図である。4A to 4C are cross-sectional views showing the manufacturing process of a printed wiring board according to the present invention.

 本発明に係るセミアディティブ工法用積層体は、絶縁性基材と;前記絶縁性基材の少なくとも一方の面に形成された開口部を有する第一の導電性シード層と;前記第一の導電性シード層の開口部の内面に形成され、前記第一の導電性シード層と電気的に接続された第二の導電性シード層と;前記開口部を覆うカバー層と;を備え、前記第一の導電性シード層および前記第二の導電性シード層は、金属材料から構成されており、前記第二の導電性シード層は、前記第一の導電性シード層と異種の金属材料から構成されている。 The semi-additive laminate of the present invention comprises an insulating substrate; a first conductive seed layer having an opening formed on at least one surface of the insulating substrate; a second conductive seed layer formed on the inner surface of the opening in the first conductive seed layer and electrically connected to the first conductive seed layer; and a cover layer covering the opening, wherein the first conductive seed layer and the second conductive seed layer are made of a metal material, and the second conductive seed layer is made of a metal material different from that of the first conductive seed layer.

 また、本発明に係るセミアディティブ工法用積層体の製造方法は、第一の導電性シード層を絶縁性基材の少なくとも一方の面に有するセミアディティブ工法用基材に開口部を形成する工程と;前記第一の導電性シード層の表面および前記開口部の内面に、前記第一の導電性シード層と異なる金属からなる第二の導電性シード層を形成する工程と;前記開口部を覆うカバー層を形成する工程と;を含む。 Furthermore, the method for manufacturing a laminate for semi-additive processes according to the present invention includes the steps of: forming an opening in a semi-additive process substrate having a first conductive seed layer on at least one surface of an insulating substrate; forming a second conductive seed layer made of a metal different from that of the first conductive seed layer on the surface of the first conductive seed layer and the inner surface of the opening; and forming a cover layer to cover the opening.

 さらに、本発明に係るセミアディティブ工法用積層体を用いてプリント配線板を製造する方法は、第一の導電性シード層を絶縁性基材の少なくとも一方の面に有するセミアディティブ工法用基材に開口部を形成する工程と;前記第一の導電性シード層の表面および前記開口部の内面に、前記第一の導電性シード層と異なる金属からなる第二の導電性シード層を形成する工程と;前記開口部を覆うカバー層を形成する工程と;を含む。 Furthermore, a method for manufacturing a printed wiring board using the semi-additive laminate of the present invention includes the steps of: forming an opening in a semi-additive substrate having a first conductive seed layer on at least one surface of the insulating substrate; forming a second conductive seed layer made of a metal different from that of the first conductive seed layer on the surface of the first conductive seed layer and the inner surface of the opening; and forming a cover layer to cover the opening.

 本発明に係るセミアディティブ工法用積層体を用いてプリント配線板を製造する方法においては、前記第一の導電性シード層上の前記第二の導電性シード層の一部を除去して、前記第一の導電性シード層の表面を露出させる工程と;前記開口部を覆うカバー層を除去する工程と;露出させた前記第一の導電性シード層上の一部にめっきレジストを形成する工程と;前記第二の導電性シード層および露出した前記第一の導電性シード層上に電解めっき法によりパターン回路部を形成する工程と;前記めっきレジストを剥離して、第一導電性シード層を露出させる工程と;露出させた前記第一導電性シード層を除去する工程と;を更に含むことが好ましい。 The method for manufacturing a printed wiring board using the semi-additive process laminate of the present invention preferably further includes the steps of removing a portion of the second conductive seed layer on the first conductive seed layer to expose the surface of the first conductive seed layer; removing the cover layer that covers the opening; forming a plating resist on the exposed portion of the first conductive seed layer; forming a pattern circuit portion on the second conductive seed layer and the exposed first conductive seed layer by electrolytic plating; stripping the plating resist to expose the first conductive seed layer; and removing the exposed first conductive seed layer.

 ここで、前記第一の導電性シード層を構成する金属材料を銀とし、前記第二の導電性シード層を構成する金属材料を銅とすることが好ましい。また、前記絶縁性基材と前記第一の導電性シード層との間に、プライマー層を設けることが好ましい。
 なお、本発明における開口部とは、ビアやスルーホールを含めた総称を指す。また、前記電解めっき法は電解銅めっき法であることが好ましい。
Preferably, the metal material constituting the first conductive seed layer is silver, and the metal material constituting the second conductive seed layer is copper. Also, it is preferable to provide a primer layer between the insulating substrate and the first conductive seed layer.
In the present invention, the term "opening" refers collectively to vias and through holes. The electrolytic plating method is preferably copper electrolytic plating.

 前記絶縁性基材の材料としては、例えば、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂、ポリブチレンテレフタレート樹脂、ポリエチレンナフタレート樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、アクリロニトリル-ブタジエン-スチレン(ABS)樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリアセタール樹脂、ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸メチル等のアクリル樹脂、ポリフッ化ビニリデン樹脂、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニル樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニリデン樹脂、アクリル樹脂をグラフト共重合化した塩化ビニル樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂、ポリエチレン樹脂、ポリプロピレン樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、シクロオレフィン樹脂、ポリスチレン、液晶ポリマー(LCP)、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン(PEEK)樹脂、ポリフェニレンスルフィド(PPS)、ポリフェニレンスルホン(PPSU)、セルロースナノファイバー、シリコン、シリコンカーバイド、窒化ガリウム、サファイア、セラミックス、ガラス、ダイヤモンドライクカーボン(DLC)、アルミナ等が挙げられる。 Examples of materials for the insulating substrate include polyimide resin, polyamide-imide resin, polyamide resin, polyethylene terephthalate resin, polybutylene terephthalate resin, polyethylene naphthalate resin, polycarbonate resin, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS) resin, polyarylate resin, polyacetal resin, acrylic resins such as poly(methyl meth)acrylate, polyvinylidene fluoride resin, polytetrafluoroethylene resin, polyvinyl chloride resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, vinyl chloride resin graft-copolymerized with acrylic resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, polyethylene resin, polypropylene resin, urethane resin, cycloolefin resin, polystyrene, liquid crystal polymer (LCP), polyether ether ketone (PEEK) resin, polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polyphenylene sulfone (PPSU), cellulose nanofiber, silicon, silicon carbide, gallium nitride, sapphire, ceramics, glass, diamond-like carbon (DLC), and alumina.

 また、前記絶縁性基材として、熱硬化性樹脂および無機充填材を含有する樹脂基材を好適に用いることもできる。前記熱硬化性樹脂としては、例えば、エポキシ樹脂、フェノール樹脂、不飽和イミド樹脂、シアネート樹脂、イソシアネート樹脂、ベンゾオキサジン樹脂、オキセタン樹脂、アミノ樹脂、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂、アリル樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン樹脂、シリコーン樹脂、トリアジン樹脂、メラミン樹脂等が挙げられる。一方、前記無機充填材としては、例えば、シリカ、アルミナ、タルク、マイカ、水酸化アルミニウム、水酸化マグネシウム、炭酸カルシウム、ホウ酸アルミニウム、ホウ珪酸ガラス等が挙げられる。これらの熱硬化性樹脂と無機充填剤は、それぞれ1種で用いることも2種以上併用することもできる。また、熱可塑性樹脂に無機充填剤を含有する基材も好適に用いることができ、熱可塑性樹脂と無機充填剤は、それぞれ1種で用いることも2種以上併用することもできる。 In addition, resin substrates containing a thermosetting resin and an inorganic filler can also be suitably used as the insulating substrate. Examples of thermosetting resins include epoxy resins, phenolic resins, unsaturated imide resins, cyanate resins, isocyanate resins, benzoxazine resins, oxetane resins, amino resins, unsaturated polyester resins, allyl resins, dicyclopentadiene resins, silicone resins, triazine resins, and melamine resins. Examples of inorganic fillers include silica, alumina, talc, mica, aluminum hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, calcium carbonate, aluminum borate, and borosilicate glass. These thermosetting resins and inorganic fillers can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Substrates containing a thermoplastic resin and an inorganic filler can also be suitably used. These thermoplastic resins and inorganic fillers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 前記絶縁性基材の形態としては、平面状のフレキシブル材、リジッド材、リジッドフレキシブル材のいずれのものも用いることができる。より具体的には、フィルム、シート、板状に成形された市販材料を用いてもよいし、上記した樹脂の溶液、溶融液、分散液から、平面状に塗布・乾燥して成形した材料を用いてもよい。また、前記絶縁性基材は、金属等の導電性材料の上に、上記した樹脂の溶液、溶融液、分散液から形成した基材であってもよく、パターン回路が形成されたプリント配線板の上に、上記した樹脂の材料を積層形成した基材であってもよい。 The insulating substrate may be in the form of a flat flexible material, rigid material, or rigid-flexible material. More specifically, commercially available materials formed into films, sheets, or plates may be used, or materials formed by applying and drying a solution, melt, or dispersion of the above-mentioned resins into a flat surface may be used. The insulating substrate may also be a substrate formed from a solution, melt, or dispersion of the above-mentioned resins on a conductive material such as metal, or a substrate formed by laminating the above-mentioned resin material on a printed wiring board on which a pattern circuit is formed.

 前記第一の導電性シード層は、本発明のセミアディティブ工法用積層体を用いて、プリント配線板を製造する際に、後述するパターン配線となるパターン回路層をめっき工程により形成する際のめっき下地層となる。 When a printed wiring board is manufactured using the semi-additive laminate of the present invention, the first conductive seed layer serves as a plating base layer when a pattern circuit layer that will become the pattern wiring described below is formed by a plating process.

 前記第一の導電性シード層を構成する金属材料には、後述するめっき工程やエッチング工程が問題なく実施できる範囲で、例えば金、白金、パラジウム、アルミニウム、スズ、銅、ニッケル、チタン、インジウムおよびイリジウム等、種々の導電性物質を適用できる。中でも銀は電気伝導率が最も高いため、好適に使用できる。 A variety of conductive substances can be used as the metal material that makes up the first conductive seed layer, such as gold, platinum, palladium, aluminum, tin, copper, nickel, titanium, indium, and iridium, as long as the plating and etching processes described below can be carried out without any problems. Of these, silver is preferred because it has the highest electrical conductivity.

 前記第一の導電性シード層を構成する金属材料に銀を選択した際、後述するめっき工程が問題なく実施できる範囲で、銀以外の金属材料を含有することができるが、銀以外の金属材料の割合は、後述する非回路形成部のエッチング除去性をより向上できることから、銀100質量部に対して5質量部以下が好ましく、2質量部以下がより好ましい。 When silver is selected as the metal material constituting the first conductive seed layer, metal materials other than silver can be contained to the extent that the plating process described below can be carried out without problems. However, the proportion of metal materials other than silver is preferably 5 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 2 parts by mass or less, per 100 parts by mass of silver, as this further improves the etching removability of the non-circuit forming portions described below.

 前記第一の導電性シード層を、平面状の前記絶縁性基材の両面に形成する方法としては、特に制限はなく、例えば、前記絶縁性基材上の両面に、導電性の粒子分散液を塗工する方法が挙げられる。前記粒子分散液の塗工方法は、第一の導電性シード層が良好に形成できれば特に制限はなく、種々の塗工方法を、用いる絶縁性基材の形状、サイズ、剛柔の度合いなどによって適宜選択すればよい。具体的な塗工方法としては、例えば、グラビア法、オフセット法、フレキソ法、パッド印刷法、グラビアオフセット法、凸版法、凸版反転法、スクリーン法、マイクロコンタクト法、リバース法、エアドクターコーター法、ブレードコーター法、エアナイフコーター法、スクイズコーター法、含浸コーター法、トランスファーロールコーター法、キスコーター法、キャストコーター法、スプレーコーター法、インクジェット法、ダイコーター法、スピンコーター法、バーコーター法、ディップコーター法等が挙げられる。この際、前記第一の導電性シード層は、前記絶縁性基材の両面に同時形成してもよいし、前記絶縁性基材の片面に形成した後、他方の面に形成してもよい。 The method for forming the first conductive seed layer on both sides of the planar insulating substrate is not particularly limited, and examples include a method of applying a conductive particle dispersion to both sides of the insulating substrate. The method for applying the particle dispersion is not particularly limited as long as it can successfully form the first conductive seed layer, and various application methods may be selected appropriately depending on the shape, size, and degree of rigidity of the insulating substrate used. Specific application methods include, for example, gravure printing, offset printing, flexography, pad printing, gravure offset printing, letterpress printing, letterpress reverse printing, screen printing, microcontact printing, reverse printing, air doctor coater printing, blade coater printing, air knife coater printing, squeeze coater printing, impregnation coater printing, transfer roll coater printing, kiss coater printing, cast coater printing, spray coater printing, inkjet printing, die coater printing, spin coater printing, bar coater printing, and dip coater printing. In this case, the first conductive seed layer may be formed simultaneously on both sides of the insulating substrate, or may be formed on one side of the insulating substrate and then on the other side.

 前記絶縁性基材、および、前記絶縁性基材上に形成された後述するプライマー層は、導電性の粒子分散液の塗工性向上、めっき工程で形成するパターン回路層の基材への密着性を向上させる目的で、導電性の粒子分散液を塗工する前に、表面処理を行ってもよい。前記絶縁性基材の表面処理方法としては、表面の粗度が大きくなって、ファインピッチパターン形成性や粗面による信号伝送ロスが問題とならない限りは特に制限はなく、種々の方法を適宜選択すればよい。このような表面処理方法としては、例えば、UV処理、気相オゾン処理、液層オゾン処理、コロナ処理、プラズマ処理等が挙げられる。これらの表面処理方法は、1種の方法で行うことも2種以上の方法を併用することもできる。 The insulating substrate and the primer layer (described below) formed on the insulating substrate may be surface-treated before the conductive particle dispersion is applied, in order to improve the coatability of the conductive particle dispersion and the adhesion of the pattern circuit layer formed in the plating process to the substrate. The surface treatment method for the insulating substrate is not particularly limited, and various methods may be selected as appropriate, as long as the surface roughness does not increase to the point where fine-pitch pattern formation or signal transmission loss due to a rough surface becomes an issue. Examples of such surface treatment methods include UV treatment, gas-phase ozone treatment, liquid-phase ozone treatment, corona treatment, and plasma treatment. These surface treatment methods can be performed alone or in combination.

 前記導電性の粒子分散液を前記絶縁性基材上、もしくは前記プライマー層上に塗工した後、塗工膜を乾燥することにより、導電性の粒子分散液に含まれる溶媒が揮発し、前記絶縁性基材上、もしくは前記プライマー層上に前記第一の導電性シード層が形成される。 After the conductive particle dispersion is applied to the insulating substrate or the primer layer, the coating is dried, causing the solvent contained in the conductive particle dispersion to volatilize, and the first conductive seed layer is formed on the insulating substrate or the primer layer.

 上記の乾燥の温度および時間は、使用する基材の耐熱温度、後述する前記導電性の粒子分散液に使用する溶媒の種類に応じて適宜選択すればよいが、20~350℃の範囲で、時間は1~200分の範囲が好ましい。また、基材上に密着性に優れた第一の導電性シード層を形成するために、前記乾燥の温度は0~250℃の範囲がより好ましい。 The drying temperature and time can be selected appropriately depending on the heat resistance temperature of the substrate used and the type of solvent used in the conductive particle dispersion liquid described below, but a range of 20 to 350°C and a time of 1 to 200 minutes are preferred. Furthermore, in order to form a first conductive seed layer with excellent adhesion on the substrate, the drying temperature is more preferably in the range of 0 to 250°C.

 前記第一の導電性シード層を形成した前記絶縁性基材、もしくは前記プライマー層を形成した前記絶縁性基材は、必要に応じ、上記の乾燥後、第一の導電性シード層の電気抵抗を低下させる目的や、前記絶縁性基材、もしくは、前記プライマー層と前記第一の導電性シード層との密着性を向上させる目的で、さらにアニーリングを行ってもよい。アニーリングの温度と時間は、使用する基材の耐熱温度、必要とする電気抵抗、生産性等に応じて適宜選択すればよく、60~350℃の範囲で1分~2週間の時間行えばよい。また、60~180℃の温度範囲では、1分~2週間の時間が好ましく、180~350℃の範囲では、1分~5時間程度とするのが好ましい。 If necessary, after the drying process, the insulating substrate on which the first conductive seed layer is formed, or the insulating substrate on which the primer layer is formed, may be further annealed to reduce the electrical resistance of the first conductive seed layer or to improve adhesion between the insulating substrate or the primer layer and the first conductive seed layer. The annealing temperature and time can be selected appropriately depending on the heat resistance temperature of the substrate used, the required electrical resistance, productivity, etc., and may be performed at a temperature in the range of 60 to 350°C for a time period of 1 minute to 2 weeks. Furthermore, in the temperature range of 60 to 180°C, a time period of 1 minute to 2 weeks is preferable, and in the range of 180 to 350°C, a time period of approximately 1 minute to 5 hours is preferable.

 上記の乾燥は、送風を行ってもよいし、特に送風を行わなくてもよい。また、乾燥は、大気中で行ってもよいし、窒素、アルゴン等の不活性ガスの置換雰囲気下、もしくは気流下で行ってもよく、真空下で行ってもよい。 The drying may be performed with or without air blowing. Drying may be performed in the atmosphere, in an atmosphere substituted with an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon, under an air current, or in a vacuum.

 塗工膜の乾燥は、塗工場所での自然乾燥の他、送風、定温乾燥器などの乾燥器内で行うことができる。また、前記絶縁性基材がロールフィルムやロールシートの場合には、塗工工程に続けて、設置された非加熱または加熱空間内でロール材を連続的に移動させることにより、乾燥・焼成を行うことができる。この際の乾燥・焼成の加熱方法としては、例えば、オーブン、熱風式乾燥炉、赤外線乾燥炉、レーザー照射、マイクロウェーブ、光照射(フラッシュ照射装置)等を用いる方法が挙げられる。これらの加熱方法は、1種で用いることも2種以上併用することもできる。 The coating film can be dried naturally at the coating location, or in a dryer such as a ventilation oven or a constant temperature dryer. Furthermore, if the insulating substrate is a roll film or roll sheet, drying and baking can be carried out following the coating process by continuously moving the roll material in an installed unheated or heated space. Examples of heating methods for drying and baking include ovens, hot air drying ovens, infrared drying ovens, laser irradiation, microwaves, and light irradiation (flash irradiation devices). These heating methods can be used alone or in combination.

 前記絶縁性基材上、もしくは前記プライマー層上に形成される前記第一の導電性シード層の膜厚は、本発明を用いて製造するプリント配線板の仕様、用途によって適宜選択すればよい。具体的には1nm~5μmの範囲が好ましく、1nm~3μmの範囲がより好ましい。また、後述するめっき工程による導電層の形成が容易となり、後述するエッチングによるシード層除去工程が容易となることから、10nm~1μmの範囲がさらに好ましい。 The film thickness of the first conductive seed layer formed on the insulating substrate or the primer layer may be selected appropriately depending on the specifications and application of the printed wiring board manufactured using the present invention. Specifically, a range of 1 nm to 5 μm is preferred, with a range of 1 nm to 3 μm being more preferred. Furthermore, a range of 10 nm to 1 μm is even more preferred, as this facilitates the formation of a conductive layer in the plating process described below and the seed layer removal process by etching described below.

 前記第一の導電性シード層を構成する成分の詳細は、蛍光X線法、原子吸光法、ICP法等、公知慣用の分析手法を用いて確認することができる。 Details of the components constituting the first conductive seed layer can be confirmed using well-known and commonly used analytical methods such as X-ray fluorescence, atomic absorption spectrometry, and ICP.

 また、後述するレジスト層に活性光でパターン回路を露光する工程において、前記第一の導電性シード層からの活性光の反射を抑制する目的で、前記第一の導電性シード層を形成でき、後述する電解めっきが問題なく実施でき、後述するエッチング除去性を確保できる範囲で、前記第一の導電性シード層中に前記活性光を吸収するグラファイトやカーボン、シアニン化合物、フタロシアニン化合物、ジチオール金属錯体、ナフトキノン化合物、ジインモニウム化合物、アゾ化合物等の光を吸収する顔料、または色素を光吸収剤として含有させてもよい。これらの顔料や色素は、使用する前記活性光の波長に合わせて適宜選択すればよい。また、これらの顔料や色素は、1種で用いることも2種以上併用することもできる。さらに、前記第一の導電性シード層中にこれらの顔料や色素を含有されるためには、後述する導電性の粒子分散液にこれらの顔料や色素を配合すればよい。 Furthermore, in the process of exposing a pattern circuit to actinic light on a resist layer (described below), in order to suppress reflection of actinic light from the first conductive seed layer, the first conductive seed layer may contain, as a light absorber, a pigment or dye that absorbs actinic light, such as graphite or carbon, cyanine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, dithiol metal complexes, naphthoquinone compounds, diimmonium compounds, or azo compounds, as long as the first conductive seed layer can be formed, the electrolytic plating (described below) can be performed without problems, and the etching removability (described below) can be ensured. These pigments or dyes may be selected appropriately depending on the wavelength of the actinic light to be used. These pigments or dyes may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Furthermore, to incorporate these pigments or dyes into the first conductive seed layer, these pigments or dyes may be blended into the conductive particle dispersion (described below).

 前記第一の導電性シード層を形成するために用いる導電性の粒子分散液は、導電性の粒子が溶媒中に分散したものである。前記導電性の粒子の形状としては、第一の導電性シード層を良好に形成するものであれば特に制限はなく、球状、レンズ状、多面体状、平板状、ロッド状、ワイヤー状など、種々の形状の導電性の粒子を用いることができる。これらの導電性の粒子は、単一形状の1種で用いることも、形状が異なる2種以上を併用することもできる。 The conductive particle dispersion used to form the first conductive seed layer is a dispersion of conductive particles in a solvent. There are no particular restrictions on the shape of the conductive particles, as long as they successfully form the first conductive seed layer, and conductive particles of various shapes can be used, including spherical, lenticular, polyhedral, plate-like, rod-like, and wire-like shapes. These conductive particles can be used alone or in combination with two or more different shapes.

 前記導電性の粒子の形状が球状や多面体状である場合には、その平均粒子径が1~20,000nmの範囲のものが好ましい。また、微細なパターン回路を形成する場合には、第一の導電性シード層の均質性がより向上し、後述するエッチング液による除去性もより向上できることから、その平均粒子径が1~200nmの範囲のものがより好ましく、1~50nmの範囲のものがさらに好ましい。
 なお、ナノメートルサイズの粒子に関する「平均粒子径」は、前記導電性の粒子を分散良溶媒で希釈し、動的光散乱法により測定した体積平均値である。この測定にはマイクロトラック社製「ナノトラックUPA-150」を用いることができる。
When the conductive particles have a spherical or polyhedral shape, the average particle diameter is preferably in the range of 1 to 20,000 nm. Furthermore, when forming a fine pattern circuit, the average particle diameter is more preferably in the range of 1 to 200 nm, and even more preferably in the range of 1 to 50 nm, because this further improves the homogeneity of the first conductive seed layer and the removability by an etching solution described below.
The "average particle size" of nanometer-sized particles is a volume average value measured by diluting the conductive particles with a good dispersion solvent and using a dynamic light scattering method. This measurement can be performed using a "Nanotrac UPA-150" manufactured by Microtrac.

 一方、導電性の粒子がレンズ状、ロッド状、ワイヤー状などの形状を有する場合には、その短径が1~200nmの範囲のものが好ましく、2~100nmの範囲のものがより好ましく、5~50nmの範囲のものがさらに好ましい。 On the other hand, when the conductive particles have a lens-like, rod-like, wire-like or other shape, the minor axis is preferably in the range of 1 to 200 nm, more preferably in the range of 2 to 100 nm, and even more preferably in the range of 5 to 50 nm.

 前記導電性の粒子は、銀粒子を主成分とするものが好ましいが、後述するめっき工程を阻害したり、後述する前記第一の導電性シード層のエッチング液による除去性が損なわれたりしない限りは、前記導電性の粒子を構成する銀の一部が他の金属で置換されたり、銀以外の金属成分が混合されていてもよい。 The conductive particles are preferably composed primarily of silver particles, but as long as this does not interfere with the plating process described below or impair the removability of the first conductive seed layer with the etching solution described below, a portion of the silver constituting the conductive particles may be replaced with another metal, or metal components other than silver may be mixed in.

 置換または混合される金属としては、金、白金、パラジウム、ルテニウム、アルミニウム、スズ、銅、ニッケル、鉄、コバルト、チタン、インジウムおよびイリジウムからなる群より選ばれる1種以上の金属元素が挙げられる。 The metals to be substituted or mixed include one or more metal elements selected from the group consisting of gold, platinum, palladium, ruthenium, aluminum, tin, copper, nickel, iron, cobalt, titanium, indium, and iridium.

 前記銀粒子に対して、置換または混合される金属の比率は、前記銀粒子中に5質量%以下が好ましく、前記第一の導電性シード層のめっき性、エッチング液による除去性の観点から2質量%以下がより好ましい。 The ratio of the metal substituted or mixed with the silver particles is preferably 5% by mass or less in the silver particles, and more preferably 2% by mass or less from the viewpoint of the plating properties of the first conductive seed layer and its removability by an etching solution.

 前記第一の導電性シード層を形成するために用いる銀粒子分散液は、銀粒子を各種溶媒中に分散したものであり、その分散液中の銀粒子の粒径分布は、単分散で揃っていてもよく、また、上記の平均粒子径の範囲である粒子の混合物であってもよい。 The silver particle dispersion used to form the first conductive seed layer is prepared by dispersing silver particles in various solvents, and the particle size distribution of the silver particles in the dispersion may be monodisperse and uniform, or may be a mixture of particles with an average particle size within the above-mentioned range.

 前記銀粒子の分散液に用いる溶媒としては、水性媒体や有機溶剤を使用することができる。前記水性媒体としては、例えば、蒸留水、イオン交換水、純水、超純水、および、前記水と混和する有機溶剤との混合物が挙げられる。 The solvent used for the dispersion of silver particles can be an aqueous medium or an organic solvent. Examples of aqueous media include distilled water, ion-exchanged water, pure water, ultrapure water, and mixtures of water and organic solvents that are miscible with water.

 前記の水と混和する有機溶剤としては、例えば、メタノール、エタノール、n-プロパノール、イソプロパノール、エチルカルビトール、エチルセロソルブ、ブチルセロソルブ等のアルコール溶剤;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン等のケトン溶剤;エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール等のアルキレングリコール溶剤;ポリエチレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコール、ポリテトラメチレングリコール等のポリアルキレングリコール溶剤;N-メチル-2-ピロリドン等のラクタム溶剤などが挙げられる。
 また、有機溶剤単独で使用する場合の有機溶媒としては、アルコール化合物、エーテル化合物、エステル化合物、ケトン化合物等が挙げられる。
Examples of the water-miscible organic solvent include alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, ethyl carbitol, ethyl cellosolve, and butyl cellosolve; ketone solvents such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; alkylene glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, and propylene glycol; polyalkylene glycol solvents such as polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, and polytetramethylene glycol; and lactam solvents such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone.
When the organic solvent is used alone, examples of the organic solvent include alcohol compounds, ether compounds, ester compounds, and ketone compounds.

 前記アルコール溶剤またはエーテル溶剤としては、例えば、メタノール、エタノール、n-プロパノール、イソプロピルアルコール、n-ブタノール、イソブチルアルコール、sec-ブタノール、tert-ブタノール、ヘプタノール、ヘキサノール、オクタノール、ノナノール、デカノール、ウンデカノール、ドデカノール、トリデカノール、テトラデカノール、ペンタデカノール、ステアリルアルコール、アリルアルコール、シクロヘキサノール、テルピネオール、ターピネオール、ジヒドロターピネオール、2-エチル-1,3-ヘキサンジオール、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、1,2-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、2,3-ブタンジオール、グリセリン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、テトラエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the alcohol solvent or ether solvent include methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butanol, isobutyl alcohol, sec-butanol, tert-butanol, heptanol, hexanol, octanol, nonanol, decanol, undecanol, dodecanol, tridecanol, tetradecanol, pentadecanol, stearyl alcohol, allyl alcohol, cyclohexanol, terpineol, terpineol, dihydroterpineol, 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, Examples include 1,4-butanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerin, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, tetraethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether, and tripropylene glycol monobutyl ether.

 前記ケトン溶剤としては、例えば、アセトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルエチルケトン等が挙げられる。また、前記エステル溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-ブチルアセテート等が挙げられる。さらに、その他の有機溶剤として、トルエン等の炭化水素溶剤、特に炭素原子数8以上の炭化水素溶剤が挙げられる。 Examples of the ketone solvent include acetone, cyclohexanone, and methyl ethyl ketone. Furthermore, examples of the ester solvent include ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, and 3-methoxy-3-methyl-butyl acetate. Furthermore, other organic solvents include hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, particularly hydrocarbon solvents with 8 or more carbon atoms.

 前記炭素原子数8以上の炭化水素溶剤としては、例えば、オクタン、ノナン、デカン、ドデカン、トリデカン、テトラデカン、シクロオクタン、キシレン、メシチレン、エチルベンゼン、ドデシルベンゼン、テトラリン、トリメチルベンゼンシクロヘキサン等の非極性溶剤が挙げられ、他の溶媒と必要に応じて組み合わせて用いることができる。さらに、混合溶剤であるミネラルスピリット、ソルベントナフサ等の溶媒を併用することもできる。 Examples of the hydrocarbon solvents having 8 or more carbon atoms include non-polar solvents such as octane, nonane, decane, dodecane, tridecane, tetradecane, cyclooctane, xylene, mesitylene, ethylbenzene, dodecylbenzene, tetralin, and trimethylbenzenecyclohexane, and these can be used in combination with other solvents as needed. Furthermore, mixed solvents such as mineral spirits and solvent naphtha can also be used in combination.

 前記溶媒は、銀粒子が安定に分散し、前記絶縁性基材、もしくは、後述する前記絶縁性基材上に形成されたプライマー層の上に、前記第一の導電性シード層を良好に形成するものであれば特に制限はない。また、前記溶媒は、1種で用いることも2種以上併用することもできる。 There are no particular restrictions on the solvent, as long as it stably disperses silver particles and satisfactorily forms the first conductive seed layer on the insulating substrate or a primer layer formed on the insulating substrate, as described below. Furthermore, the solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more types.

 前記銀粒子分散液中の銀粒子の含有率は、上記の種々の塗工方法を用いて前記絶縁性基材上の前記第一の導電性シード層の形成量が0.01~30g/mの範囲になるように適宜調整し、上記の種々の塗工方法に応じて最適な塗工適性を有する粘度になるように調整すればよいが、0.1~50質量%の範囲が好ましく、0.5~20質量%の範囲がより好ましい。 The content of silver particles in the silver particle dispersion may be appropriately adjusted using the various coating methods described above so that the amount of the first conductive seed layer formed on the insulating substrate is in the range of 0.01 to 30 g/ m2, and may also be adjusted so that the viscosity has optimal coating suitability depending on the various coating methods described above. The content of silver particles in the silver particle dispersion is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 50% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.5 to 20% by mass.

 前記銀粒子分散液は、前記銀粒子が、前記の各種溶媒媒中で凝集、融合、沈殿することなく、長期間の分散安定性を保つことが好ましく、銀粒子を前記の各種溶媒中に分散させるための分散剤を含有することが好ましい。このような分散剤としては、金属粒子に配位する官能基を有する分散剤が好ましく、例えば、カルボキシル基、アミノ基、シアノ基、アセトアセチル基、リン原子含有基、チオール基、チオシアナト基、グリシナト基等の官能基を有する分散剤が挙げられる。 The silver particle dispersion preferably maintains dispersion stability for a long period of time in the various solvents mentioned above without the silver particles aggregating, fusing, or precipitating, and preferably contains a dispersant for dispersing the silver particles in the various solvents mentioned above. Such dispersants are preferably dispersants having a functional group that coordinates with the metal particles, such as a carboxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, an acetoacetyl group, a phosphorus atom-containing group, a thiol group, a thiocyanato group, or a glycinato group.

 前記分散剤としては、市販、もしくは独自に合成した低分子量、または高分子量の分散剤を用いることができ、金属粒子を分散する溶媒や、金属粒子の分散液を塗工する前記絶縁性基材の種類など、目的に応じて適宜選択すればよい。例えば、ドデカンチオール、1-オクタンチオール、トリフェニルホスフィン、ドデシルアミン、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリビニルピロリドン、ポリエチレンイミン、ポリビニルピロリドン;ミリスチン酸、オクタン酸、ステアリン酸等の脂肪酸;コール酸、グリシルジン酸、アビンチン酸等のカルボキシル基を有する多環式炭化水素化合物などが好適に用いられる。ここで、後述するプライマー層上に第一の導電性シード層を形成する場合は、これら2層の密着性が良好になることから、後述するプライマー層に用いる樹脂が有する反応性官能基[X]と結合を形成しうる反応性官能基[Y]を有する化合物を用いることが好ましい。 The dispersant can be a commercially available or independently synthesized low- or high-molecular-weight dispersant. It can be selected appropriately depending on the purpose, such as the solvent for dispersing the metal particles and the type of insulating substrate onto which the metal particle dispersion is applied. Suitable examples include dodecanethiol, 1-octanethiol, triphenylphosphine, dodecylamine, polyethylene glycol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethyleneimine, polyvinylpyrrolidone; fatty acids such as myristic acid, octanoic acid, and stearic acid; and polycyclic hydrocarbon compounds having a carboxyl group such as cholic acid, glycyrrhizic acid, and apicic acid. When forming a first conductive seed layer on a primer layer (described below), it is preferable to use a compound having a reactive functional group [Y] capable of forming a bond with a reactive functional group [X] possessed by the resin used in the primer layer (described below), as this improves adhesion between the two layers.

 反応性官能基[Y]を有する化合物としては、例えば、アミノ基、アミド基、アルキロールアミド基、カルボキシル基、無水カルボキシル基、カルボニル基、アセトアセチル基、エポキシ基、脂環エポキシ基、オキセタン環、ビニル基、アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(ブロック化)イソシアネート基、(アルコキシ)シリル基等を有する化合物、シルセスキオキサン化合物等が挙げられる。特に、プライマー層と第一の導電性シード層との密着性をより向上できることから、前記反応性官能基[Y]は塩基性窒素原子含有基が好ましい。前記塩基性窒素原子含有基としては、例えば、イミノ基、1級アミノ基、2級アミノ基等が挙げられる。 Examples of compounds having a reactive functional group [Y] include compounds having an amino group, an amide group, an alkylolamide group, a carboxyl group, a carboxyl anhydride group, a carbonyl group, an acetoacetyl group, an epoxy group, an alicyclic epoxy group, an oxetane ring, a vinyl group, an allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a (blocked) isocyanate group, an (alkoxy)silyl group, and the like, and silsesquioxane compounds. In particular, the reactive functional group [Y] is preferably a basic nitrogen atom-containing group, as this can further improve adhesion between the primer layer and the first conductive seed layer. Examples of the basic nitrogen atom-containing group include an imino group, a primary amino group, and a secondary amino group.

 前記塩基性窒素原子含有基は、分散剤1分子中に単数、もしくは複数存在してもよい。
 分散剤中に複数の塩基性窒素原子を含有することで、塩基性窒素原子含有基の一部は、金属粒子との相互作用により、金属粒子の分散安定性に寄与し、残りの塩基性窒素原子含有基は、前記絶縁性基材との密着性向上に寄与する。また、後述するプライマー層に反応性官能基[X]を有する樹脂を用いた場合には、分散剤中の塩基性窒素原子含有基は、この反応性官能基[X]との間で結合が形成でき、密着性をより一層向上できるため好ましい。
The dispersant may have one or more basic nitrogen atom-containing groups in one molecule.
By containing multiple basic nitrogen atoms in the dispersant, some of the basic nitrogen atom-containing groups contribute to the dispersion stability of the metal particles through interaction with the metal particles, and the remaining basic nitrogen atom-containing groups contribute to improving adhesion to the insulating substrate. Furthermore, when a resin having a reactive functional group [X] is used in the primer layer described below, the basic nitrogen atom-containing group in the dispersant can form a bond with this reactive functional group [X], which is preferable, thereby further improving adhesion.

 前記分散剤は、銀粒子の分散液の安定性、塗工性、および、前記絶縁性基材上に良好な密着性を示す第一の導電性シード層を形成できることから、分散剤は、高分子分散剤が好ましく、この高分子分散剤としては、ポリエチレンイミン、ポリプロピレンイミン等のポリアルキレンイミン、前記ポリアルキレンイミンにポリオキシアルキレンが付加した化合物などが好ましい。 The dispersant is preferably a polymer dispersant, as this allows for the stability and coatability of the silver particle dispersion and the formation of a first conductive seed layer that exhibits good adhesion to the insulating substrate. Preferred polymer dispersants include polyalkyleneimines such as polyethyleneimine and polypropyleneimine, and compounds in which polyoxyalkylene is added to the polyalkyleneimines.

 前記ポリアルキレンイミンにポリオキシアルキレンが付加した化合物としては、ポリエチレンイミンとポリオキシアルキレンとが、直鎖状で結合したものであってもよく、前記ポリエチレンイミンからなる主鎖に対して、その側鎖にポリオキシアルキレンがグラフトしたものであってもよい。 The compound in which a polyoxyalkylene is added to the polyalkyleneimine may be one in which the polyethyleneimine and polyoxyalkylene are bonded in a linear chain, or one in which the polyoxyalkylene is grafted onto a side chain of the main chain made of the polyethyleneimine.

 前記ポリアルキレンイミンにポリオキシアルキレンが付加した化合物の具体例としては、例えば、ポリエチレンイミンとポリオキシエチレンとのブロック共重合体、ポリエチレンイミンの主鎖中に存在するイミノ基の一部にエチレンオキサイドを付加反応させてポリオキシエチレン構造を導入したもの、ポリアルキレンイミンが有するアミノ基と、ポリオキシエチレングリコールが有する水酸基と、エポキシ樹脂が有するエポキシ基とを反応させたもの等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of compounds in which polyoxyalkylene is added to the polyalkyleneimine include block copolymers of polyethyleneimine and polyoxyethylene, compounds in which a polyoxyethylene structure is introduced by addition reaction of ethylene oxide with some of the imino groups present in the main chain of polyethyleneimine, and compounds in which an amino group in a polyalkyleneimine, a hydroxyl group in a polyoxyethylene glycol, and an epoxy group in an epoxy resin are reacted.

 前記ポリアルキレンイミンの市販品としては、株式会社日本触媒製の「エポミン(登録商標)PAOシリーズ」の「PAO2006W」、「PAO306」、「PAO318」、「PAO718」等が挙げられる。 Commercially available polyalkyleneimines include "PAO2006W," "PAO306," "PAO318," and "PAO718" from the "Epomin (registered trademark) PAO series" manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.

 前記ポリアルキレンイミンの数平均分子量は、3,000~30,000の範囲が好ましい。 The number average molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably in the range of 3,000 to 30,000.

 前記銀粒子を分散させるために必要な前記分散剤の使用量は、前記銀粒子100質量部に対し、0.01~50質量部の範囲が好ましく、また、前記絶縁性基材上、もしくは、後述するプライマー層上に、良好な密着性を示す第一の導電性シード層を形成できることから、前記銀粒子100質量部に対し、0.1~10質量部の範囲が好ましく、さらに前記第一の導電性シード層のめっき性を向上できることから、0.1~5質量部の範囲がより好ましい。 The amount of the dispersant required to disperse the silver particles is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 50 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the silver particles. Furthermore, since a first conductive seed layer exhibiting good adhesion can be formed on the insulating substrate or the primer layer described below, the amount is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 10 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the silver particles. Furthermore, since the plating properties of the first conductive seed layer can be improved, the amount is more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 5 parts by mass.

 前記銀粒子の分散液の製造方法としては、特に制限はなく、種々の方法を用いて製造できるが、例えば、低真空ガス中蒸発法などの気相法を用いて製造した銀粒子を、溶媒中に分散させてもよいし、液相で銀化合物を還元して直接銀粒子の分散液を調製してもよい。
 気相、液相法とも、適宜、必要に応じて、溶媒交換や溶媒添加により、製造時の分散液と塗工時の分散液の溶剤組成を変更することが可能である。気相、液相法のうち、分散液の安定性や製造工程の簡便さから、液相法を特に好適に用いることができる。液相法としては、例えば、前記高分子分散剤の存在下で銀イオンを還元することによって製造することができる。
The method for producing the silver particle dispersion is not particularly limited, and various methods can be used for production. For example, silver particles produced using a gas phase method such as low-vacuum gas evaporation may be dispersed in a solvent, or a silver particle dispersion may be directly prepared by reducing a silver compound in the liquid phase.
In both the gas phase and liquid phase methods, the solvent composition of the dispersion during production and the dispersion during coating can be changed appropriately and as needed by solvent exchange or solvent addition. Of the gas phase and liquid phase methods, the liquid phase method is particularly suitable for use in terms of the stability of the dispersion and the simplicity of the production process. In the liquid phase method, for example, the silver ion can be reduced in the presence of the polymer dispersant to produce the silver ion dispersion.

 前記銀粒子の分散液には、さらに必要に応じて、界面活性剤、レベリング剤、粘度調整剤、成膜助剤、消泡剤、防腐剤などの有機化合物を配合してもよい。 If necessary, the silver particle dispersion may further contain organic compounds such as surfactants, leveling agents, viscosity modifiers, film-forming aids, antifoaming agents, and preservatives.

 前記界面活性剤としては、例えば、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンスチリルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンソルビトールテトラオレエート、ポリオキシエチレン・ポリオキシプロピレン共重合体等のノニオン系界面活性剤;オレイン酸ナトリウム等の脂肪酸塩、アルキル硫酸エステル塩、アルキルベンゼンスルホン酸塩、アルキルスルホコハク酸塩、ナフタレンスルホン酸塩、ポリオキシエチレンアルキル硫酸塩、アルカンスルホネートナトリウム塩、アルキルジフェニルエーテルスルホン酸ナトリウム塩等のアニオン系界面活性剤;アルキルアミン塩、アルキルトリメチルアンモニウム塩、アルキルジメチルベンジルアンモニウム塩等のカチオン系界面活性剤などが挙げられる。 Examples of the surfactant include nonionic surfactants such as polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene styrylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene sorbitol tetraoleate, and polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymer; anionic surfactants such as fatty acid salts such as sodium oleate, alkyl sulfate ester salts, alkylbenzenesulfonates, alkyl sulfosuccinates, naphthalenesulfonates, polyoxyethylene alkyl sulfates, sodium alkanesulfonates, and sodium alkyldiphenylethersulfonates; and cationic surfactants such as alkylamine salts, alkyltrimethylammonium salts, and alkyldimethylbenzylammonium salts.

 前記レベリング剤としては、一般的なレベリング剤を使用することができ、例えば、シリコーン系化合物、アセチレンジオール系化合物、フッ素系化合物等が挙げられる。 General leveling agents can be used as the leveling agent, such as silicone-based compounds, acetylene diol-based compounds, and fluorine-based compounds.

 前記粘度調整剤としては、一般的な増粘剤を使用することができ、例えば、アルカリ性に調整することによって増粘可能なアクリル重合体、合成ゴムラテックス、分子が会合することによって増粘可能なウレタン樹脂、ヒドロキシエチルセルロース、カルボキシメチルセルロース、メチルセルロース、ポリビニルアルコール、水添加ヒマシ油、アマイドワックス、酸化ポリエチレン、金属石鹸、ジベンジリデンソルビトール等が挙げられる。 The viscosity adjuster can be a common thickener, such as an acrylic polymer that can be thickened by adjusting the alkalinity, synthetic rubber latex, a urethane resin that can be thickened by molecular association, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, polyvinyl alcohol, hydrated castor oil, amide wax, oxidized polyethylene, metal soap, or dibenzylidene sorbitol.

 前記成膜助剤としては、一般的な成膜助剤を使用することができ、例えば、ジオクチルスルホコハク酸エステルソーダ塩等アニオン系界面活性剤、ソルビタンモノオレエート等の疎水性ノニオン系界面活性剤、ポリエーテル変性シロキサン、シリコーンオイルなどが挙げられる。 The film-forming aid may be a typical film-forming aid, such as an anionic surfactant such as dioctyl sulfosuccinate sodium salt, a hydrophobic nonionic surfactant such as sorbitan monooleate, polyether-modified siloxane, or silicone oil.

 前記消泡剤としては、一般的な消泡剤を使用することができ、例えば、シリコーン系消泡剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、ポリエーテル,高級アルコール、ポリマー系界面活性剤等が挙げられる。 General defoaming agents can be used as the defoaming agent, such as silicone-based defoaming agents, nonionic surfactants, polyethers, higher alcohols, and polymer surfactants.

 前記防腐剤としては、一般的な防腐剤を使用することができ、例えば、イソチアゾリン系防腐剤、トリアジン系防腐剤、イミダゾール系防腐剤、ピリジン系防腐剤、アゾール系防腐剤、ピリチオン系防腐剤等が挙げられる。 The preservative may be a common preservative, such as an isothiazolinone preservative, a triazine preservative, an imidazole preservative, a pyridine preservative, an azole preservative, or a pyrithione preservative.

 また、本発明のセミアディティブ工法用積層体のより好ましい態様として、前記絶縁性基材層と、第一の導電性シード層の間に、さらにプライマー層を有する積層体を挙げることができる。このプライマー層を設けたセミアディティブ工法用積層体は、前記絶縁性基材へのパターン回路層の密着性をより一層向上できることから好ましい。 Furthermore, a more preferred embodiment of the semi-additive construction laminate of the present invention is a laminate further having a primer layer between the insulating substrate layer and the first conductive seed layer. A semi-additive construction laminate provided with this primer layer is preferred because it can further improve the adhesion of the pattern circuit layer to the insulating substrate.

 前記プライマー層は、前記絶縁性基材の表面の一部、または全面にプライマーを塗工し、前記プライマー中に含まれる水性媒体、有機溶剤等の溶媒を除去することによって形成できる。ここで、プライマーとは、絶縁性基材へのパターン回路層の密着性を向上させる目的で用いるものであり、後述する各種の樹脂を溶剤中に溶解、もしくは分散させた液状組成物である。 The primer layer can be formed by applying a primer to part or the entire surface of the insulating substrate and then removing the solvent, such as an aqueous medium or organic solvent, contained in the primer. Here, the primer is used to improve the adhesion of the pattern circuit layer to the insulating substrate, and is a liquid composition in which various resins, described below, are dissolved or dispersed in a solvent.

 前記プライマーを前記絶縁性基材に塗工する方法としては、プライマー層が良好に形成できれば特に制限は無く、種々の塗工方法を、使用する絶縁性基材の形状、サイズ、剛柔の度合いなどによって適宜選択すればよい。具体的な塗工方法としては、例えば、グラビア法、オフセット法、フレキソ法、パッド印刷法、グラビアオフセット法、凸版法、凸版反転法、スクリーン法、マイクロコンタクト法、リバース法、エアドクターコーター法、ブレードコーター法、エアナイフコーター法、スクイズコーター法、含浸コーター法、トランスファーロールコーター法、キスコーター法、キャストコーター法、スプレーコーター法、インクジェット法、ダイコーター法、スピンコーター法、バーコーター法、ディップコーター法等が挙げられる。 There are no particular restrictions on the method for applying the primer to the insulating substrate, as long as a good primer layer can be formed. Various application methods can be selected appropriately depending on the shape, size, and degree of rigidity of the insulating substrate used. Specific application methods include, for example, gravure printing, offset printing, flexography, pad printing, gravure offset printing, letterpress printing, letterpress reverse printing, screen printing, microcontact printing, reverse printing, air doctor coater, blade coater, air knife coater, squeeze coater, impregnation coater, transfer roll coater, kiss coater, cast coater, spray coater, inkjet printing, die coater, spin coater, bar coater, and dip coater.

 また、フィルム、シート、板状の前記絶縁性基材の両面に、前記プライマーを塗工する方法は、プライマー層が良好に形成できれば特に制限はなく、上記で例示した塗工方法を適宜選択すればよい。この際、前記プライマー層は、前記絶縁性基材の両面に同時形成してもよく、前記絶縁性基材の片面に形成した後、他方の面に形成してもよい。 Furthermore, the method for applying the primer to both sides of the insulating substrate in the form of a film, sheet, or plate is not particularly limited as long as a good primer layer can be formed, and any of the application methods exemplified above may be selected as appropriate. In this case, the primer layer may be formed simultaneously on both sides of the insulating substrate, or may be formed first on one side of the insulating substrate and then on the other side.

 前記絶縁性基材は、プライマーの塗工性向上や、前記パターン回路層の基材への密着性を向上させる目的で、プライマー塗工前に、表面処理を行ってもよい。前記絶縁性基材の表面処理方法としては、上述した絶縁性基材上に、第一の導電性シード層を形成する場合の表面処理方法と同様の方法を用いることができる。 The insulating substrate may be surface-treated before the primer is applied in order to improve the coatability of the primer and the adhesion of the pattern circuit layer to the substrate. The surface treatment method for the insulating substrate can be the same as the surface treatment method used when forming the first conductive seed layer on the insulating substrate described above.

 前記プライマーを絶縁性基材の表面に塗工した後、その塗工層に含まれる溶媒を除去してプライマー層を形成する方法としては、例えば、乾燥機を用いて乾燥させ、前記溶媒を揮発させる方法が一般的である。乾燥温度としては、前記溶媒を揮発させることが可能で、かつ前記絶縁性基材に悪影響を与えない範囲の温度に設定すればよく、室温乾燥でも加熱乾燥でもよい。
 具体的な乾燥温度は、20~350℃の範囲が好ましく、60~300℃の範囲がより好ましい。また、乾燥時間は、1~200分の範囲が好ましく、1~60分の範囲がより好ましい。
A common method for forming a primer layer by applying the primer to the surface of an insulating substrate and then removing the solvent contained in the coating layer is, for example, drying using a dryer to volatilize the solvent. The drying temperature may be set within a range that allows the solvent to volatilize and does not adversely affect the insulating substrate, and may be room temperature drying or heat drying.
Specifically, the drying temperature is preferably in the range of 20 to 350° C., more preferably in the range of 60 to 300° C. The drying time is preferably in the range of 1 to 200 minutes, more preferably in the range of 1 to 60 minutes.

 上記の乾燥は、送風を行ってもよいし、特に送風を行わなくてもよい。また、乾燥は、大気中で行ってもよいし、窒素、アルゴンなどの置換雰囲気、もしくは気流下で行ってもよく、真空下で行ってもよい。 The drying may be performed with or without air blowing. Drying may be performed in the air, in a substituted atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon, under an air current, or in a vacuum.

 前記絶縁性基材が、枚葉のフィルム、シート、板の場合には、塗工場所での自然乾燥の他、送風、定温乾燥器などの乾燥器内で行うことができる。また、前記絶縁性基材がロールフィルムやロールシートの場合には、塗工工程に続けて、設置された非加熱または加熱空間内でロール材を連続的に移動させることにより、乾燥を行うことができる。 If the insulating substrate is a sheet film, sheet, or plate, it can be dried naturally at the coating location, or in a dryer such as a ventilation oven or constant temperature dryer. Furthermore, if the insulating substrate is a roll film or roll sheet, drying can be carried out following the coating process by continuously moving the roll material in an installed unheated or heated space.

 前記プライマー層の膜厚は、本発明を用いて製造するプリント配線板の仕様、用途によって適宜選択すればよいが、前記絶縁性基材と前記パターン回路層との密着性を、より向上できることから、10nm~30μmの範囲が好ましく、10nm~5μmの範囲がより好ましく、10nm~3μmの範囲がさらに好ましい。 The film thickness of the primer layer can be selected appropriately depending on the specifications and application of the printed wiring board manufactured using the present invention, but a thickness in the range of 10 nm to 30 μm is preferred, a range of 10 nm to 5 μm is more preferred, and a range of 10 nm to 3 μm is even more preferred, as this further improves adhesion between the insulating substrate and the pattern circuit layer.

 プライマー層を形成する樹脂は、前記金属粒子の分散剤に反応性官能基[Y]を有するものを用いる場合、反応性官能基[Y]に対して反応性を有する反応性官能基[X]を有する樹脂が好ましい。前記反応性官能基[X]としては、例えば、アミノ基、アミド基、アルキロールアミド基、ケト基、カルボキシル基、無水カルボキシル基、カルボニル基、アセトアセチル基、エポキシ基、脂環エポキシ基、オキセタン環、ビニル基、アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(ブロック化)イソシアネート基、(アルコキシ)シリル基等が挙げられる。また、プライマー層を形成する化合物として、シルセスキオキサン化合物を用いることもできる。 When the dispersant for the metal particles contains a reactive functional group [Y], the resin forming the primer layer preferably contains a reactive functional group [X] that is reactive with the reactive functional group [Y]. Examples of the reactive functional group [X] include amino groups, amide groups, alkylolamide groups, keto groups, carboxyl groups, carboxyl anhydride groups, carbonyl groups, acetoacetyl groups, epoxy groups, alicyclic epoxy groups, oxetane rings, vinyl groups, allyl groups, (meth)acryloyl groups, (blocked) isocyanate groups, and (alkoxy)silyl groups. Silsesquioxane compounds can also be used as the compound forming the primer layer.

 特に、前記分散剤中の反応性官能基[Y]が、塩基性窒素原子含有基の場合、前記絶縁性基材上での導電層の密着性をより向上できることから、プライマー層を形成する樹脂は、反応性官能基[X]として、ケト基、カルボキシル基、カルボニル基、アセトアセチル基、エポキシ基、脂環エポキシ基、アルキロールアミド基、イソシアネート基、ビニル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、アリル基を有するものが好ましい。 In particular, when the reactive functional group [Y] in the dispersant is a basic nitrogen atom-containing group, the adhesion of the conductive layer to the insulating substrate can be further improved. Therefore, it is preferable that the resin forming the primer layer has a reactive functional group [X] that is a keto group, carboxyl group, carbonyl group, acetoacetyl group, epoxy group, alicyclic epoxy group, alkylolamide group, isocyanate group, vinyl group, (meth)acryloyl group, or allyl group.

 前記プライマー層を形成する樹脂としては、例えば、ウレタン樹脂、アクリル樹脂、ウレタン樹脂をシェルとしアクリル樹脂をコアとするコア・シェル型複合樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、イミド樹脂、アミド樹脂、メラミン樹脂、フェノール樹脂、尿素ホルムアルデヒド樹脂、ポリイソシアネートにフェノール等のブロック化剤を反応させて得られたブロックイソシアネートポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルピロリドン等が挙げられる。なお、ウレタン樹脂をシェルとしアクリル樹脂をコアとするコア・シェル型複合樹脂は、例えば、ウレタン樹脂存在下でアクリル単量体を重合することにより得られる。また、これらの樹脂は、1種で用いることも2種以上併用することもできる。 Examples of resins that form the primer layer include urethane resin, acrylic resin, core-shell composite resins with a urethane resin shell and an acrylic resin core, epoxy resin, imide resin, amide resin, melamine resin, phenolic resin, urea-formaldehyde resin, blocked isocyanate polyvinyl alcohol obtained by reacting polyisocyanate with a blocking agent such as phenol, and polyvinylpyrrolidone. Core-shell composite resins with a urethane resin shell and an acrylic resin core can be obtained, for example, by polymerizing acrylic monomers in the presence of urethane resin. These resins can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 上記のプライマー層を形成する樹脂の中でも、絶縁性基材上への導電層の密着性をより向上できることから、加熱により還元性化合物を生成する樹脂が好ましい。前記還元性化合物としては、例えば、フェノール化合物、芳香族アミン化合物、硫黄化合物、リン酸化合物、アルデヒド化合物等が挙げられる。これらの還元性化合物の中でも、フェノール化合物、アルデヒド化合物が好ましい。 Among the resins that form the primer layer, resins that generate reducing compounds when heated are preferred, as they can further improve the adhesion of the conductive layer to the insulating substrate. Examples of reducing compounds include phenol compounds, aromatic amine compounds, sulfur compounds, phosphoric acid compounds, and aldehyde compounds. Of these reducing compounds, phenol compounds and aldehyde compounds are preferred.

 加熱により還元性化合物を生成する樹脂をプライマーに用いた場合、プライマー層を形成する際の加熱乾燥工程でホルムアルデヒド、フェノール等の還元性化合物を生成する。
 加熱により還元性化合物を生成する樹脂の具体例としては、例えば、N-アルキロール(メタ)アクリルアミドを含む単量体を重合した樹脂、ウレタン樹脂をシェルとしN-アルキロール(メタ)アクリルアミドを含む単量体を重合した樹脂をコアとするコア・シェル型複合樹脂、尿素-ホルムアルデヒド-メタノール縮合物、尿素-メラミン-ホルムアルデヒド-メタノール縮合物、ポリN-アルコキシメチロール(メタ)アクリルアミド、ポリ(メタ)アクリルアミドのホルムアルデヒド付加物、メラミン樹脂等の加熱によりホルムアルデヒドを生成する樹脂;フェノール樹脂、フェノールブロックイソシアネート等の加熱によりフェノール化合物を生成する樹脂などが挙げられる。これらの樹脂の中でも、密着性向上の観点から、ウレタン樹脂をシェルとしN-アルキロール(メタ)アクリルアミドを含む単量体を重合した樹脂をコアとするコア・シェル型複合樹脂、メラミン樹脂、フェノールブロックイソシアネートが好ましい。
When a resin that generates reducing compounds when heated is used as a primer, reducing compounds such as formaldehyde and phenol are generated during the heat drying step when forming the primer layer.
Specific examples of resins that generate reducing compounds upon heating include resins obtained by polymerizing a monomer containing N-alkylol(meth)acrylamide, core-shell composite resins having a urethane resin as the shell and a resin obtained by polymerizing a monomer containing N-alkylol(meth)acrylamide as the core, resins that generate formaldehyde upon heating such as urea-formaldehyde-methanol condensates, urea-melamine-formaldehyde-methanol condensates, poly N-alkoxymethylol(meth)acrylamide, formaldehyde adducts of poly(meth)acrylamide, and melamine resins; and resins that generate phenolic compounds upon heating such as phenol resins and phenol-blocked isocyanates. Among these resins, from the viewpoint of improving adhesion, core-shell composite resins having a urethane resin as the shell and a resin obtained by polymerizing a monomer containing N-alkylol(meth)acrylamide as the core, melamine resins, and phenol-blocked isocyanates are preferred.

 なお、本発明において、「(メタ)アクリル」とは、「メタクリル」および「アクリル」の一方または両方をいう。 In the present invention, "(meth)acrylic" refers to either or both of "methacrylic" and "acrylic."

 加熱により還元性化合物を生成する樹脂は、加熱により還元性化合物を生成する官能基を有する単量体をラジカル重合、アニオン重合、カチオン重合等の重合方法により重合することによって得られる。 Resins that generate reducible compounds when heated can be obtained by polymerizing monomers that have functional groups that generate reducible compounds when heated using polymerization methods such as radical polymerization, anionic polymerization, or cationic polymerization.

 加熱により還元性化合物を生成する官能基を有する単量体としては、例えば、N-アルキロールビニル単量体が挙げられ、具体的には、N-メチロール(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-メトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-エトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-プロポキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-イソプロポキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-n-ブトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-イソブトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ペントキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-エタノール(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-プロパノール(メタ)アクリルアミド等が挙げられる。 Examples of monomers having a functional group that generates a reducing compound upon heating include N-alkylol vinyl monomers, and specific examples include N-methylol (meth)acrylamide, N-methoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-ethoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-propoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-isopropoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-n-butoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-isobutoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-pentoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-ethanol (meth)acrylamide, and N-propanol (meth)acrylamide.

 また、上記の加熱により還元性化合物を生成する樹脂を製造する際には、加熱により還元性化合物を生成する官能基を有する単量体等とともに、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルなどのその他の各種単量体を共重合することもできる。 Furthermore, when producing the above-mentioned resin that generates a reducing compound when heated, various other monomers, such as (meth)acrylic acid alkyl esters, can also be copolymerized together with monomers having functional groups that generate a reducing compound when heated.

 前記ブロックイソシアネートを、前記プライマー層を形成する樹脂として用いた場合は、イソシアネート基間で自己反応することでウレトジオン結合を形成し、または、イソシアネート基と、他の成分が有する官能基とが結合を形成することによって、プライマーを形成する。この際形成される結合は、前記金属粒子分散液を塗工する前に形成されていてもよいし、前記金属粒子分散液を塗工する前には形成されておらず、前記金属粒子分散液を塗工した後に加熱によって形成されてもよい。 When the blocked isocyanate is used as the resin that forms the primer layer, the primer is formed by forming uretdione bonds through self-reaction between isocyanate groups, or by forming bonds between isocyanate groups and functional groups possessed by other components. The bonds formed in this case may be formed before the metal particle dispersion liquid is applied, or may not be formed before the metal particle dispersion liquid is applied and may be formed by heating after the metal particle dispersion liquid is applied.

 前記ブロックイソシアネートとしては、イソシアネート基がブロック剤によって封鎖され形成した官能基を有するものが挙げられる。 The blocked isocyanate may be one having a functional group formed by blocking an isocyanate group with a blocking agent.

 前記ブロックイソシアネートは、ブロックイソシアネート1モルあたり、前記官能基を350~600g/molの範囲で有するものが好ましい。 The blocked isocyanate preferably has the functional group in the range of 350 to 600 g/mol per mole of blocked isocyanate.

 前記官能基は、密着性向上の観点から、前記ブロックイソシアネートの1分子中に1~10個有するものが好ましく、2~5個有するものがより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of improving adhesion, the blocked isocyanate preferably has 1 to 10 functional groups per molecule, and more preferably has 2 to 5 functional groups.

 また、前記ブロックイソシアネートの数平均分子量は、密着性向上の観点から、1,500~5,000の範囲が好ましく、1,500~3,000の範囲がより好ましい。 Furthermore, from the viewpoint of improving adhesion, the number average molecular weight of the blocked isocyanate is preferably in the range of 1,500 to 5,000, and more preferably in the range of 1,500 to 3,000.

 さらに、前記ブロックイソシアネートとしては、密着性をさらに向上する観点から、芳香環を有するものが好ましい。前記芳香環としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基等が挙げられる。 Furthermore, from the viewpoint of further improving adhesion, it is preferable that the blocked isocyanate has an aromatic ring. Examples of the aromatic ring include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.

 なお、前記ブロックイソシアネートは、イソシアネート化合物が有するイソシアネート基の一部または全部と、ブロック剤とを反応させることによって製造することができる。 The blocked isocyanate can be produced by reacting some or all of the isocyanate groups in an isocyanate compound with a blocking agent.

 前記ブロックイソシアネートの原料となるイソシアネート化合物としては、例えば、4,4’-ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート、2,4’-ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート、カルボジイミド変性ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート、クルードジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート、フェニレンジイソシアネート、トリレンジイソシアネート、ナフタレンジイソシアネート等の芳香環を有するポリイソシアネート化合物;ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、リジンジイソシアネート、シクロヘキサンジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート、ジシクロヘキシルメタンジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネート、テトラメチルキシリレンジイソシアネート等の脂肪族ポリイソシアネート化合物または脂環式構造を有するポリイソシアネート化合物などが挙げられる。また、前記したポリイソシアネート化合物のそれらのビュレット体、イソシアヌレート体、アダクト体等も挙げられる。 Examples of isocyanate compounds that can be used as raw materials for the blocked isocyanate include polyisocyanate compounds with aromatic rings such as 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 2,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, carbodiimide-modified diphenylmethane diisocyanate, crude diphenylmethane diisocyanate, phenylene diisocyanate, tolylene diisocyanate, and naphthalene diisocyanate; and aliphatic polyisocyanate compounds or polyisocyanate compounds with alicyclic structures such as hexamethylene diisocyanate, lysine diisocyanate, cyclohexane diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, and tetramethylxylylene diisocyanate. Also included are biuret forms, isocyanurates, adducts, and the like of the above-mentioned polyisocyanate compounds.

 また、前記イソシアネート化合物としては、上記で例示したポリイソシアネート化合物と、水酸基またはアミノ基を有する化合物等とを反応させて得られるものも挙げられる。 Further examples of the isocyanate compound include those obtained by reacting the polyisocyanate compounds exemplified above with compounds containing hydroxyl groups or amino groups.

 前記ブロックイソシアネートに芳香環を導入する場合、芳香環を有するポリイソシアネート化合物を用いることが好ましい。また、芳香環を有するポリイソシアネート化合物の中でも、4,4’-ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート、トリレンジイソシアネート、4,4’-ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネートのイソシアヌレート体、トリレンジイソシアネートのイソシアヌレート体が好ましい。 When introducing an aromatic ring into the blocked isocyanate, it is preferable to use a polyisocyanate compound having an aromatic ring. Furthermore, among polyisocyanate compounds having an aromatic ring, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, tolylene diisocyanate, the isocyanurate form of 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, and the isocyanurate form of tolylene diisocyanate are preferred.

 前記ブロックイソシアネートの製造に用いるブロック化剤としては、例えば、フェノール、クレゾール等のフェノール化合物;ε-カプロラクタム、δ-バレロラクタム、γ-ブチロラクタム等のラクタム化合物;ホルムアミドオキシム、アセトアルドオキシム、アセトンオキシム、メチルエチルケトオキシム、メチルイソブチルケトオキシム、シクロヘキサノンオキシム等のオキシム化合物;2-ヒドロキシピリジン、ブチルセロソルブ、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ベンジルアルコール、メタノール、エタノール、n-ブタノール、イソブタノール、マロン酸ジメチル、マロン酸ジエチル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、アセチルアセトン、ブチルメルカプタン、ドデシルメルカプタン、アセトアニリド、酢酸アミド、コハク酸イミド、マレイン酸イミド、イミダゾール、2-メチルイミダゾール、尿素、チオ尿素、エチレン尿素、ジフェニルアニリン、アニリン、カルバゾール、エチレンイミン、ポリエチレンイミン、1H-ピラゾール、3-メチルピラゾール、3,5-ジメチルピラゾール等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、70~200℃の範囲で加熱することによって解離してイソシアネート基を生成可能なブロック化剤が好ましく、110~180℃の範囲で加熱することによって解離するイソシアネート基を生成可能なブロック化剤がより好ましい。具体的には、フェノール化合物、ラクタム化合物、オキシム化合物が好ましく、特に、フェノール化合物は、ブロック化剤が加熱により脱離する際に還元性化合物となることからより好ましい。 Blocking agents used in the production of the blocked isocyanates include, for example, phenolic compounds such as phenol and cresol; lactam compounds such as ε-caprolactam, δ-valerolactam, and γ-butyrolactam; oxime compounds such as formamide oxime, acetaldoxime, acetone oxime, methyl ethyl ketoxime, methyl isobutyl ketoxime, and cyclohexanone oxime; 2-hydroxypyridine, butyl cellosolve, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, benzyl alcohol, and methanol. , ethanol, n-butanol, isobutanol, dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, acetylacetone, butyl mercaptan, dodecyl mercaptan, acetanilide, acetic acid amide, succinimide, maleimide, imidazole, 2-methylimidazole, urea, thiourea, ethylene urea, diphenylaniline, aniline, carbazole, ethyleneimine, polyethyleneimine, 1H-pyrazole, 3-methylpyrazole, 3,5-dimethylpyrazole, etc. Among these, blocking agents that can dissociate to generate isocyanate groups upon heating in the range of 70 to 200°C are preferred, and blocking agents that can dissociate to generate isocyanate groups upon heating in the range of 110 to 180°C are more preferred. Specifically, phenol compounds, lactam compounds, and oxime compounds are preferred, and phenol compounds are particularly preferred because they become reducing compounds when the blocking agent is released by heating.

 前記ブロックイソシアネートの製造方法としては、例えば、予め製造した前記イソシアネート化合物と前記ブロック化剤とを混合し反応させる方法、前記イソシアネート化合物の製造に用いる原料とともに前記ブロック化剤を混合し反応させる方法等が挙げられる。 Examples of methods for producing the blocked isocyanate include a method in which the isocyanate compound produced in advance is mixed with the blocking agent and reacted, and a method in which the blocking agent is mixed with the raw materials used to produce the isocyanate compound and reacted.

 より具体的には、前記ブロックイソシアネートは、前記ポリイソシアネート化合物と、水酸基またはアミノ基を有する化合物とを反応させることによって末端にイソシアネート基を有するイソシアネート化合物を製造し、次いで、前記イソシアネート化合物と前記ブロック化剤とを混合し反応させることによって製造することができる。 More specifically, the blocked isocyanate can be produced by reacting the polyisocyanate compound with a compound having a hydroxyl group or an amino group to produce an isocyanate compound having an isocyanate group at its terminal, and then mixing and reacting the isocyanate compound with the blocking agent.

 上記の方法で得られたブロックイソシアネートの前記プライマー層を形成する樹脂中の含有比率は、50~100質量%の範囲が好ましく、70~100質量%の範囲がより好ましい。 The content of the blocked isocyanate obtained by the above method in the resin forming the primer layer is preferably in the range of 50 to 100% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 70 to 100% by mass.

 前記メラミン樹脂としては、例えば、メラミン1モルに対してホルムアルデヒドが1~6モル付加したモノまたはポリメチロールメラミン;トリメトキシメチロールメラミン、トリブトキシメチロールメラミン、ヘキサメトキシメチロールメラミン等の(ポリ)メチロールメラミンのエーテル化物(エーテル化度は任意);尿素-メラミン-ホルムアルデヒド-メタノール縮合物などが挙げられる。
 また、上記のように加熱により還元性化合物を生成する樹脂を用いる方法の他に、樹脂に還元性化合物を添加する方法も挙げられる。この場合に、添加する還元性化合物としては、例えば、フェノール系酸化防止剤、芳香族アミン系酸化防止剤、硫黄系酸化防止剤、リン酸系酸化防止剤、ビタミンC、ビタミンE、エチレンジアミン四酢酸ナトリウム、亜硫酸塩、次亜燐酸、次亜燐酸塩、ヒドラジン、ホルムアルデヒド、水素化ホウ素ナトリウム、ジメチルアミンボラン、フェノール等が挙げられる。
Examples of the melamine resin include mono- or polymethylolmelamine in which 1 to 6 moles of formaldehyde are added to 1 mole of melamine; etherified products of (poly)methylolmelamine such as trimethoxymethylolmelamine, tributoxymethylolmelamine, and hexamethoxymethylolmelamine (the degree of etherification is optional); and urea-melamine-formaldehyde-methanol condensates.
In addition to the method using a resin that generates a reducing compound upon heating as described above, a method of adding a reducing compound to a resin can also be used. In this case, examples of the reducing compound to be added include phenol-based antioxidants, aromatic amine-based antioxidants, sulfur-based antioxidants, phosphoric acid-based antioxidants, vitamin C, vitamin E, sodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate, sulfites, hypophosphorous acid, hypophosphites, hydrazine, formaldehyde, sodium borohydride, dimethylamine borane, and phenol.

 本発明において、樹脂に還元性化合物を添加する方法は、最終的に低分子量成分やイオン性化合物が残留することで電気特性が低下する可能性があるため、加熱により還元性化合物を生成する樹脂を用いる方法がより好ましい。 In the present invention, the method of adding a reducing compound to a resin may ultimately result in residual low-molecular-weight components or ionic compounds, which may degrade the electrical properties. Therefore, a method using a resin that generates a reducing compound when heated is more preferable.

 また、前記プライマー層を形成する好ましい樹脂として、アミノトリアジン環を有する化合物を含有するものを挙げることができる。前記アミノトリアジン環を有する化合物は、低分子量の化合物であっても、より高分子量の樹脂であってもよい。 Furthermore, preferred resins for forming the primer layer include those containing a compound having an aminotriazine ring. The compound having an aminotriazine ring may be a low molecular weight compound or a higher molecular weight resin.

 前記アミノトリアジン環を有する低分子量の化合物としては、アミノトリアジン環を有する各種添加剤を用いることができる。市販品としては、2,4-ジアミノ-6-ビニル-s-トリアジン(四国化成株式会社製「VT」)、四国化成株式会社製「VD-3」や「VD-4」(アミノトリアジン環と水酸基を有する化合物)、四国化成株式会社製「VD-5」(アミノトリアジン環とエトキシシリル基を有する化合物)等が挙げられる。これらは、添加剤として、前記のプライマー層を形成する樹脂中に、1種、もしくは、2種以上を添加して使用することができる。 The low-molecular-weight compound having an aminotriazine ring can be any of a variety of additives having an aminotriazine ring. Commercially available products include 2,4-diamino-6-vinyl-s-triazine ("VT" manufactured by Shikoku Chemicals Co., Ltd.), "VD-3" and "VD-4" manufactured by Shikoku Chemicals Co., Ltd. (compounds having an aminotriazine ring and a hydroxyl group), and "VD-5" manufactured by Shikoku Chemicals Co., Ltd. (compound having an aminotriazine ring and an ethoxysilyl group). These can be used as additives by adding one or more types to the resin that forms the primer layer.

 前記アミノトリアジン環を有する低分子量の化合物の使用量としては、前記樹脂100質量部に対し、0.1質量部以上50質量部以下が好ましく、0.5質量部以上10質量部以下がより好ましい。 The amount of the low-molecular-weight compound having an aminotriazine ring used is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more and 50 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less, per 100 parts by mass of the resin.

 前記アミノトリアジン環を有する樹脂としては、樹脂のポリマー鎖中にアミノトリアジン環が共有結合で導入されているものも好適に用いることができる。具体的には、アミノトリアジン変性ノボラック樹脂が挙げられる。 As the resin having an aminotriazine ring, one in which the aminotriazine ring is covalently bonded to the polymer chain of the resin can also be suitably used. Specific examples include aminotriazine-modified novolac resins.

 前記アミノトリアジン変性ノボラック樹脂は、アミノトリアジン環構造とフェノール構造とがメチレン基を介して結合したノボラック樹脂である。前記アミノトリアジン変性ノボラック樹脂は、例えば、メラミン、ベンゾグアナミン、アセトグアナミン等のアミノトリアジン化合物と、フェノール、クレゾール、ブチルフェノール、ビスフェノールA、フェニルフェノール、ナフトール、レゾルシン等のフェノール化合物と、ホルムアルデヒドとをアルキルアミン等の弱アルカリ性触媒の存在下または無触媒で、中性付近で共縮合反応させるか、メチルエーテル化メラミン等のアミノトリアジン化合物のアルキルエーテル化物と、前記フェノール化合物とを反応させることにより得られる。 The aminotriazine-modified novolac resin is a novolac resin in which an aminotriazine ring structure and a phenol structure are bonded via a methylene group. The aminotriazine-modified novolac resin can be obtained, for example, by co-condensing an aminotriazine compound such as melamine, benzoguanamine, or acetoguanamine with a phenolic compound such as phenol, cresol, butylphenol, bisphenol A, phenylphenol, naphthol, or resorcinol and formaldehyde at near-neutral pH, either in the presence of a weak alkaline catalyst such as an alkylamine or without a catalyst, or by reacting an alkyl ether of an aminotriazine compound such as methyl-etherified melamine with the phenolic compound.

 前記アミノトリアジン変性ノボラック樹脂は、メチロール基を実質的に有していないものが好ましい。また、前記アミノトリアジン変性ノボラック樹脂には、その製造時に副生成物として生じるアミノトリアジン構造のみがメチレン結合した分子、フェノール構造のみがメチレン結合した分子等が含まれていても構わない。さらに、若干量の未反応原料が含まれていてもよい。 The aminotriazine-modified novolac resin preferably contains substantially no methylol groups. Furthermore, the aminotriazine-modified novolac resin may contain molecules in which only aminotriazine structures are methylene-linked, molecules in which only phenol structures are methylene-linked, etc., which are produced as by-products during production. Furthermore, it may contain a small amount of unreacted raw materials.

 前記フェノール構造としては、例えば、フェノール残基、クレゾール残基、ブチルフェノール残基、ビスフェノールA残基、フェニルフェノール残基、ナフトール残基、レゾルシン残基等が挙げられる。また、ここでの残基とは、芳香環の炭素に結合している水素原子が少なくとも1つが抜けた構造を意味する。例えば、フェノールの場合は、ヒドロキシフェニル基を意味する。 Examples of the phenol structure include phenol residue, cresol residue, butylphenol residue, bisphenol A residue, phenylphenol residue, naphthol residue, and resorcinol residue. The term "residue" used here refers to a structure in which at least one hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom in an aromatic ring has been removed. For example, in the case of phenol, it refers to a hydroxyphenyl group.

 前記トリアジン構造としては、例えば、メラミン、ベンゾグアナミン、アセトグアナミン等のアミノトリアジン化合物由来の構造が挙げられる。 Examples of the triazine structure include structures derived from aminotriazine compounds such as melamine, benzoguanamine, and acetoguanamine.

 前記フェノール構造および前記トリアジン構造は、それぞれ1種で用いることも2種以上併用することもできる。また、密着性をより向上できることから、前記フェノール構造としてはフェノール残基が好ましく、前記トリアジン構造としてはメラミン由来の構造が好ましい。 The phenol structure and the triazine structure can each be used alone or in combination of two or more types. Furthermore, since these structures can further improve adhesion, a phenol residue is preferred as the phenol structure, and a melamine-derived structure is preferred as the triazine structure.

 また、前記アミノトリアジン変性ノボラック樹脂の水酸基価は、密着性をより向上できることから、50mgKOH/g以上200mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、80mgKOH/g以上180mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、100mgKOH/g以上150mgKOH/g以下がさらに好ましい。 Furthermore, the hydroxyl value of the aminotriazine-modified novolak resin is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more and 200 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 80 mgKOH/g or more and 180 mgKOH/g or less, and even more preferably 100 mgKOH/g or more and 150 mgKOH/g or less, as this can further improve adhesion.

 前記アミノトリアジン変性ノボラック樹脂は、1種で用いることも2種以上併用することもできる。 The aminotriazine-modified novolak resins can be used alone or in combination of two or more types.

 また、前記アミノトリアジン環を有する化合物として、アミノトリアジン変性ノボラック樹脂を用いる場合、エポキシ樹脂を併用することが好ましい。 Furthermore, when an aminotriazine-modified novolac resin is used as the compound having an aminotriazine ring, it is preferable to use an epoxy resin in combination.

 前記エポキシ樹脂としては、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールAノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、アルコールエーテル型エポキシ樹脂、テトラブロムビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂、9,10-ジヒドロ-9-オキサ-10-ホスファフェナントレン-10-オキサイド誘導体由来の構造を有する含リンエポキシ化合物、ジシクロペンタジエン誘導体由来の構造を有するエポキシ樹脂、エポキシ化大豆油等の油脂のエポキシ化物などが挙げられる。これらのエポキシ樹脂は、1種で用いることも2種以上併用することもできる。 Examples of the epoxy resin include bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, cresol novolac type epoxy resin, phenol novolac type epoxy resin, bisphenol A novolac type epoxy resin, alcohol ether type epoxy resin, tetrabromobisphenol A type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, phosphorus-containing epoxy compounds having a structure derived from a 9,10-dihydro-9-oxa-10-phosphaphenanthrene-10-oxide derivative, epoxy resins having a structure derived from a dicyclopentadiene derivative, and epoxidized oils and fats such as epoxidized soybean oil. These epoxy resins can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 前記エポキシ樹脂の中でも、密着性をより向上できることから、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールAノボラック型エポキシ樹脂が好ましく、特に、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂が好ましい。 Among the above epoxy resins, bisphenol A type epoxy resins, bisphenol F type epoxy resins, biphenyl type epoxy resins, cresol novolac type epoxy resins, phenol novolac type epoxy resins, and bisphenol A novolac type epoxy resins are preferred, as they can further improve adhesion, with bisphenol A type epoxy resins being particularly preferred.

 また、前記エポキシ樹脂のエポキシ当量は、密着性をより向上できることから、100g/当量以上300g/当量以下が好ましく、120g/当量以上250g/当量以下がより好ましく、150g/当量以上200g/当量以下がさらに好ましい。 Furthermore, the epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin is preferably 100 g/equivalent or more and 300 g/equivalent or less, more preferably 120 g/equivalent or more and 250 g/equivalent or less, and even more preferably 150 g/equivalent or more and 200 g/equivalent or less, as this further improves adhesion.

 前記プライマー層が、アミノトリアジン変性ノボラック樹脂およびエポキシ樹脂を含有する層の場合、密着性をより向上できることから、前記アミノトリアジン変性ノボラック樹脂中のフェノール性水酸基(x)と前記エポキシ樹脂中のエポキシ基(y)とのモル比[(x)/(y)]が、0.1以上5以下が好ましく、0.2以上3以下がより好ましく、0.3以上2以下がさらに好ましい。 When the primer layer is a layer containing an aminotriazine-modified novolac resin and an epoxy resin, the molar ratio [(x)/(y)] of the phenolic hydroxyl group (x) in the aminotriazine-modified novolac resin to the epoxy group (y) in the epoxy resin is preferably 0.1 or more and 5 or less, more preferably 0.2 or more and 3 or less, and even more preferably 0.3 or more and 2 or less, in order to further improve adhesion.

 前記プライマー層として、アミノトリアジン変性ノボラック樹脂およびエポキシ樹脂を含有する層を形成する場合には、前記アミノトリアジン環を有する化合物やエポキシ樹脂を含有するプライマー樹脂組成物を用いる。 When forming a layer containing an aminotriazine-modified novolac resin and an epoxy resin as the primer layer, a primer resin composition containing the compound having an aminotriazine ring and the epoxy resin is used.

 さらに、前記アミノトリアジン変性ノボラック樹脂およびエポキシ樹脂を含有するプライマー層の形成に用いるプライマー樹脂組成物には、必要に応じて、例えば、ウレタン樹脂、アクリル樹脂、ブロックイソシアネート樹脂、メラミン樹脂、フェノール樹脂等、その他の樹脂を配合してもよい。これらのその他の樹脂は、1種で用いることも2種以上併用することもできる。 Furthermore, the primer resin composition used to form the primer layer containing the aminotriazine-modified novolac resin and epoxy resin may contain other resins, such as urethane resin, acrylic resin, blocked isocyanate resin, melamine resin, phenolic resin, etc., as needed. These other resins may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 前記プライマー層を形成するために用いるプライマーは、塗工性、成膜性の観点から、プライマー中に前記樹脂を1~70質量%含有するものが好ましく、1~20質量%含有するものがより好ましい。 From the standpoint of coatability and film-forming properties, the primer used to form the primer layer preferably contains 1 to 70 mass % of the resin, and more preferably 1 to 20 mass %.

 また、前記プライマーに使用可能な溶媒としては、各種有機溶剤、水性媒体が挙げられる。前記有機溶剤としては、例えば、トルエン、酢酸エチル、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン等が挙げられ、前記水性媒体としては、水、水と混和する有機溶剤、および、これらの混合物が挙げられる。 Solvents that can be used for the primer include various organic solvents and aqueous media. Examples of organic solvents include toluene, ethyl acetate, methyl ethyl ketone, and cyclohexanone, while examples of aqueous media include water, organic solvents that are miscible with water, and mixtures of these.

 前記の水と混和する有機溶剤としては、例えば、メタノール、エタノール、n-プロパノール、イソプロパノール、エチルカルビトール、エチルセロソルブ、ブチルセロソルブ等のアルコール溶剤;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン等のケトン溶剤;エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール等のアルキレングリコール溶剤;ポリエチレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコール、ポリテトラメチレングリコール等のポリアルキレングリコール溶剤;N-メチル-2-ピロリドン等のラクタム溶剤などが挙げられる。 Examples of the water-miscible organic solvents include alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, ethyl carbitol, ethyl cellosolve, and butyl cellosolve; ketone solvents such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; alkylene glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, and propylene glycol; polyalkylene glycol solvents such as polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, and polytetramethylene glycol; and lactam solvents such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone.

 また、前記プライマー層を形成する樹脂は、必要に応じて、例えば、アルコキシシリル基、シラノール基、水酸基、アミノ基等、架橋反応に寄与する官能基を有していてもよい。これらの官能基を利用して形成される架橋構造は、後工程の第一の導電性シード層を形成する工程以前に、すでに架橋構造を形成していてもよく、また、第一の導電性シード層を形成する工程以降で架橋構造を形成してもよい。第一の導電性シード層を形成する工程以降で架橋構造を形成する場合、前記パターン回路層を形成する前に、前記プライマー層に架橋構造を形成しておいてもよく、前記パターン回路層を形成した後に、例えば、エージングによる反応促進により、前記プライマー層に架橋構造を形成してもよい。 Furthermore, the resin forming the primer layer may, as necessary, have functional groups that contribute to a crosslinking reaction, such as alkoxysilyl groups, silanol groups, hydroxyl groups, or amino groups. The crosslinked structure formed using these functional groups may already be formed prior to the subsequent step of forming the first conductive seed layer, or may be formed after the step of forming the first conductive seed layer. When forming a crosslinked structure after the step of forming the first conductive seed layer, the crosslinked structure may be formed in the primer layer before forming the pattern circuit layer, or the crosslinked structure may be formed in the primer layer after forming the pattern circuit layer, for example, by aging to promote the reaction.

 前記プライマー層には、必要に応じて、架橋剤をはじめ、pH調整剤、皮膜形成助剤、レベリング剤、増粘剤、撥水剤、消泡剤等の公知のものを適宜添加して使用してもよい。 If necessary, the primer layer may contain known additives such as a crosslinking agent, pH adjuster, film-forming aid, leveling agent, thickener, water repellent, and antifoaming agent.

 前記架橋剤としては、例えば、金属キレート化合物、ポリアミン化合物、アジリジン化合物、金属塩化合物、イソシアネート化合物等が挙げられ、25~100℃程度の比較的低温で反応し架橋構造を形成する熱架橋剤、メラミン系化合物、エポキシ系化合物、オキサゾリン化合物、カルボジイミド化合物、ブロックイソシアネート化合物等の100℃以上の比較的高温で反応し架橋構造を形成する熱架橋剤や各種光架橋剤が挙げられる。前記プライマー層として、前記アミノトリアジン変性ノボラック樹脂およびエポキシ樹脂を使用する場合には、プライマー樹脂組成物に、前記架橋剤として、多価カルボン酸を用いることが好ましい。前記多価カルボン酸としては、例えば、無水トリメリット酸、無水ピロメリット酸、無水マレイン酸、コハク酸等が挙げられる。これらの架橋剤は、1種で用いることも2種以上併用することもできる。また、これらの架橋剤の中でも、密着性をより向上できることから、無水トリメリット酸が好ましい。 Examples of the crosslinking agent include metal chelate compounds, polyamine compounds, aziridine compounds, metal salt compounds, and isocyanate compounds. These include thermal crosslinking agents that react at relatively low temperatures of around 25 to 100°C to form a crosslinked structure, and thermal crosslinking agents that react at relatively high temperatures of 100°C or higher to form a crosslinked structure, such as melamine compounds, epoxy compounds, oxazoline compounds, carbodiimide compounds, and blocked isocyanate compounds, as well as various photocrosslinking agents. When the aminotriazine-modified novolac resin and epoxy resin are used in the primer layer, it is preferable to use a polycarboxylic acid as the crosslinking agent in the primer resin composition. Examples of the polycarboxylic acid include trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, maleic anhydride, and succinic acid. These crosslinking agents can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these crosslinking agents, trimellitic anhydride is preferred because it can further improve adhesion.

 前記架橋剤の使用量は、種類によって異なるものの、基材上へのパターン回路層の密着性向上の観点から、前記プライマーに含まれる樹脂の合計100質量部に対して、0.01~60質量部の範囲が好ましく、0.1~10質量部の範囲がより好ましく、0.1~5質量部の範囲がさらに好ましい。 The amount of the crosslinking agent used varies depending on the type, but from the perspective of improving adhesion of the pattern circuit layer to the substrate, it is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 60 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the total resin contained in the primer.

 前記架橋剤を用いた場合、後工程の第一の導電性シード層を形成する工程以前に、すでに架橋構造を形成していてもよく、また、第一の導電性シード層を形成する工程以降で架橋構造を形成してもよい。第一の導電性シード層を形成する工程以降で架橋構造を形成する場合、前記パターン回路層を形成する前に、前記プライマー層に架橋構造を形成してもよく、前記パターン回路層を形成した後に、例えば、エージングすることによって、前記プライマー層に架橋構造を形成してもよい。 When the crosslinking agent is used, the crosslinked structure may already be formed before the subsequent step of forming the first conductive seed layer, or the crosslinked structure may be formed after the step of forming the first conductive seed layer. If the crosslinked structure is formed after the step of forming the first conductive seed layer, the crosslinked structure may be formed in the primer layer before forming the pattern circuit layer, or the crosslinked structure may be formed in the primer layer after forming the pattern circuit layer, for example, by aging.

 本発明において、前記プライマー層上に、前記第一の導電性シード層を形成する方法は、絶縁性基材上に、前記第一の導電性シード層を形成する方法と同様である。 In the present invention, the method for forming the first conductive seed layer on the primer layer is the same as the method for forming the first conductive seed layer on the insulating substrate.

 また、前記プライマー層は、前記絶縁性基材と同様に、前記銀粒子分散液の塗工性向上や、前記パターン回路層の基材への密着性を向上する目的で、銀粒子分散液を塗工する前に、表面処理を行ってもよい。 Furthermore, similar to the insulating substrate, the primer layer may be surface-treated before the silver particle dispersion is applied in order to improve the coatability of the silver particle dispersion and the adhesion of the pattern circuit layer to the substrate.

 前記第一の導電性シード層を、平面状の前記絶縁性基材の両面に形成する方法としては、また、第一の導電性シード層を、仮基材の上に形成しておき、前記絶縁性基材上に転写する方法を用いてもよい。 An alternative method for forming the first conductive seed layer on both sides of the planar insulating substrate is to form the first conductive seed layer on a temporary substrate and then transfer it onto the insulating substrate.

 仮基材としては、前記第一の導電性シード層を前記絶縁性基材上に転写した後、最終的に剥がす必要があるため、前記仮基材と第一の導電性シード層は界面で容易に剥離できる前記仮基材を選択することが好ましい。例えば、高分子フィルムとしては、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート(PBT)、ポリエチレンナフタレート、およびポリブチレンナフタレートなどの芳香族ポリエステル;ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、四フッ化エチレンパーフルオロアルキルビニルエーテル共重合体、四フッ化エチレン-六フッ化プロピレン共重合体、四フッ化エチレンーエチレン共重合体、フッ化ビニリデン樹脂、三フッ化塩化エチレン樹脂、三フッ化塩化エチレンーエチレン共重合体、四フッ化エチレン・パーフルオロジオキシソール共重合体、フッ化ビニル樹脂、ポリフッ化ビニリデンなどのフッ素系樹脂;ポリメチルペンテン(TPX)、ポリプロピレン(PP)[二軸延伸ポリプロピレン(OPP)、無軸延伸ポリプロピレン(CPP)も含む]、およびポリエチレン(PE)[高密度ポリエチレン(HDPE)、低密度ポリエチレン(LDPE)、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン(LLDPE)を含む]などのオレフィン樹脂;ポリスチレン(PS);ポリ塩化ビニル(PVC)、ポリイミド、透明ポリイミドなどのポリイミド樹脂;ポリアミドイミド、ポリアミドなどのポリアミド樹脂;ポリカーボネート、アクリロニトリル-ブタジエン-スチレン(ABS)樹脂、ABSとポリカーボネートとのポリマーアロイ、ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸メチル等のアクリル樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリ塩化ビニリデン、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリカーボネート、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリウレタン、液晶ポリマー(LCP)、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン(PEEK)、ポリフェニレンスルフィド(PPS)、ポリフェニレンスルホン(PPSU)、エポキシ樹脂などが上げられる。中でも、芳香族ポリエステル、ポリエチレン、オレフィン樹脂、フッ素系樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、LCP、ポリフェニレンサルファイドを前記仮基材として用いることができる。 As the temporary substrate, since it is necessary to finally peel off the first conductive seed layer after transferring it onto the insulating substrate, it is preferable to select a temporary substrate that allows easy peeling at the interface between the temporary substrate and the first conductive seed layer. For example, examples of polymer films include aromatic polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), polyethylene naphthalate, and polybutylene naphthalate; fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene, tetrafluoroethylene-perfluoroalkyl vinyl ether copolymer, tetrafluoroethylene-hexafluoropropylene copolymer, tetrafluoroethylene-ethylene copolymer, vinylidene fluoride resin, trifluorochloroethylene resin, trifluorochloroethylene-ethylene copolymer, tetrafluoroethylene-perfluorodioxol copolymer, vinyl fluoride resin, and polyvinylidene fluoride; polymethylpentene (TPX), polypropylene (PP) [including biaxially oriented polypropylene (OPP) and nonaxially oriented polypropylene (CPP)], and polyethylene (PE) [high density polyethylene]. Examples of suitable temporary substrates include olefin resins such as polyethylene (HDPE), low-density polyethylene (LDPE), and linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE); polystyrene (PS); polyimide resins such as polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyimide, and transparent polyimide; polyamide resins such as polyamideimide and polyamide; polycarbonate, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS) resin, polymer alloys of ABS and polycarbonate, acrylic resins such as polymethyl (meth)acrylate, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, polyvinyl alcohol, polycarbonate, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyurethane, liquid crystal polymer (LCP), polyether ether ketone (PEEK), polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polyphenylene sulfone (PPSU), and epoxy resins. Among these, aromatic polyesters, polyethylene, olefin resins, fluorine-based resins, polyimide resins, LCP, and polyphenylene sulfide can be used as the temporary substrate.

 また、前記仮基材として、金属を用いてもよく、銅、アルミニウム、アルミニウム合金、チタン、ステンレス、ベリリウム銅、燐青銅、ニッケル、ニクロム、ニッケル合金、錫、亜鉛、鉛、金、亜鉛、鉛、タンタル、モリブデン、ニオブ、鉄、銀、を用いることが出来る。その他、無機基材としては、シリコン、セラミックス、ガラス等を仮基材として好適に用いることができる。 In addition, metals may be used as the temporary substrate, including copper, aluminum, aluminum alloys, titanium, stainless steel, beryllium copper, phosphor bronze, nickel, nichrome, nickel alloys, tin, zinc, lead, gold, tantalum, molybdenum, niobium, iron, and silver. Other inorganic substrates that can be suitably used as temporary substrates include silicon, ceramics, and glass.

 前記仮基材の形状は、特に限定されるものではないが、フィルム状またはシート状の仮基材を用いるとハンドリング性がよい。前記仮基材の膜厚としては、通常、1~5,000μmの範囲が好ましく、1~300μmの範囲がより好ましく、1~200μmの範囲がより好ましく、1~100μmの範囲がより好ましく、1~50μmの範囲がさらに好ましい。前記仮基材は、前記第一の導電性シード層を、絶縁性基材上に転写した後は、不要であるため、コストの観点から作業性を失わない程度に薄膜であることが好ましい。 The shape of the temporary substrate is not particularly limited, but using a film- or sheet-shaped temporary substrate allows for good handling. The film thickness of the temporary substrate is typically preferably in the range of 1 to 5,000 μm, more preferably in the range of 1 to 300 μm, more preferably in the range of 1 to 200 μm, even more preferably in the range of 1 to 100 μm, and even more preferably in the range of 1 to 50 μm. Since the temporary substrate is no longer needed after the first conductive seed layer is transferred onto the insulating substrate, it is preferable that it be thin enough that workability is not compromised from a cost perspective.

 仮基材上への第一の導電性シード層の形成は、前述した絶縁性基材上に第一導電性シードを形成する方法を参考にして、適宜調整すればよい。
 また、絶縁性基材と第一の導電性シード層の間にプライマー層を設けた構成のセミアディティブ工法用積層体を製造する場合には、前記仮基材上に第一の導電性シード層を形成した後、前記第一の導電性シード層上にプライマー層を形成すればよく、プライマー層の形成方法は、前述した絶縁性基材上にプライマー層を形成する方法を適宜調整すればよい。
The formation of the first conductive seed layer on the temporary substrate may be adjusted as appropriate with reference to the method for forming the first conductive seed layer on the insulating substrate described above.
Furthermore, when manufacturing a laminate for semi-additive processing having a configuration in which a primer layer is provided between an insulating substrate and a first conductive seed layer, the first conductive seed layer is formed on the temporary substrate, and then a primer layer is formed on the first conductive seed layer. The method for forming the primer layer can be appropriately adjusted by using the method for forming a primer layer on an insulating substrate described above.

 第一の導電性シード層、および第一の導電性シード層とプライマー層を絶縁性基材上に転写する方法としては、仮基材上の第一の導電性シード層、もしくは、プライマー層の面を絶縁性基材上に、熱と圧力を用いて貼り合わせることができ、例えば、熱ラミネート法、熱ロール転写法、プレス法、真空プレス法等を好適に用いることができる。 As a method for transferring the first conductive seed layer, or the first conductive seed layer and primer layer, onto the insulating substrate, the first conductive seed layer on the temporary substrate or the surface of the primer layer can be bonded to the insulating substrate using heat and pressure. Suitable methods for this purpose include, for example, thermal lamination, hot roll transfer, pressing, and vacuum pressing.

 本発明のセミアディティブ工法用積層体は、前記第一の導電性シード層上に保護層として剥離性カバー層を積層することができる。 The laminate for semi-additive manufacturing of the present invention can have a peelable cover layer laminated on the first conductive seed layer as a protective layer.

 前記剥離性カバー層は、前記第一の導電性シード層上に積層することで、本発明のプリント配線板を製造する方法における、後述する第一の導電性シード層に開口部を形成する工程において、発生する有機物や無機物のゴミ(スミア)が、第一の導電性シード層の表面に付着することを防ぐことができる。 By laminating the peelable cover layer on the first conductive seed layer, it is possible to prevent organic and inorganic debris (smear) generated during the process of forming openings in the first conductive seed layer (described below) in the method for manufacturing a printed wiring board of the present invention from adhering to the surface of the first conductive seed layer.

 前記剥離性カバー層の素材としては、本発明のプリント配線板を製造する方法において、前記第一の導電性シード層を保護する目的が達成される限り、特に制限はなく、市販の種々の樹脂や金属フィルムを用いることができるが、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリエチレンテレフタレートのフィルムを好適に用いることができる。 The material for the peelable cover layer is not particularly limited, as long as the purpose of protecting the first conductive seed layer is achieved in the method for manufacturing a printed wiring board of the present invention. Various commercially available resins and metal films can be used, but polyethylene, polypropylene, and polyethylene terephthalate films are preferably used.

 前記剥離性カバー層は、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリエチレンテレフタレート等のフィルム上に、剥離性を向上させるためのシリコーン層を有しているものを用いてもよい。 The peelable cover layer may be a film of polyethylene, polypropylene, polyethylene terephthalate, or the like, with a silicone layer on top to improve peelability.

 前記剥離性カバー層は、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリエチレンテレフタレート等のフィルム上に、前記第一の導電性シード層と後述する工程に耐えられる程度の接着を持たせるために粘着性のあるものを用いてもよい。 The peelable cover layer may be a film of polyethylene, polypropylene, polyethylene terephthalate, or the like, with adhesive properties to ensure adhesion to the first conductive seed layer sufficient to withstand the processes described below.

 本発明で用いる剥離性カバー層の膜厚は、フィルムのハンドリング性、および、前記第一の導電性シード層の保護性、および、基材への貫通孔形成の簡便さの観点から、10~100μmであることが好ましく、15~70μmであることがより好ましい。 The film thickness of the peelable cover layer used in the present invention is preferably 10 to 100 μm, and more preferably 15 to 70 μm, from the viewpoints of film handling, protection of the first conductive seed layer, and ease of forming through-holes in the substrate.

 本発明で用いる剥離性カバー層は、前記第一の導電性シード層の塗工後、第一の導電性シード層上に積層することができる。例えば、ロールコーターで第一の導電性シード層を塗工する場合には、巻き取り時に剥離性カバー層を一緒に巻き取ることで積層することができる。 The releasable cover layer used in the present invention can be laminated on the first conductive seed layer after the first conductive seed layer has been applied. For example, when the first conductive seed layer is applied using a roll coater, the releasable cover layer can be laminated by winding it up together with the first conductive seed layer.

 また、前記転写法によって、前記第一の導電性シード層を絶縁性基材上に形成する場合には、仮基材を剥離性カバー層として用いることができる。 Furthermore, when the first conductive seed layer is formed on an insulating substrate by the transfer method, the temporary substrate can be used as a peelable cover layer.

 本発明の前記剥離性カバー層の素材としては、また、アルカリ可溶性の樹脂を用いてもよい。アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、アルカリ現像液で現像可能なものであれば、特に限定されるものではなく、公知慣用のものを用いることができ、例えば、アミドイミド樹脂や、カルボキシル基やフェノール性水酸基などのアルカリ可溶性官能基を有する樹脂が挙げられる。アルカリ可溶性の樹脂は、樹脂溶液を、前記第一の導電性シード層上に塗工して製膜してもよいし、予めフィルム化したものを使用してもよい。フィルム化したものを用いる場合は、例えば、前記と同様に、ロールコーターで第一の導電性シード層を塗工、巻き取り時に剥離性カバー層を一緒に巻き取ることで積層することができる。 An alkali-soluble resin may also be used as the material for the peelable cover layer of the present invention. There are no particular limitations on the alkali-soluble resin, as long as it can be developed with an alkaline developer, and known, commonly used resins can be used, such as amide-imide resins and resins having alkali-soluble functional groups such as carboxyl groups and phenolic hydroxyl groups. The alkali-soluble resin may be formed into a film by coating a resin solution onto the first conductive seed layer, or a film may be used in advance. When a film is used, the first conductive seed layer can be coated with a roll coater, and the peelable cover layer can be wound up together with the first conductive seed layer during winding, as described above, to form the layer.

 本発明のセミアディティブ工法用積層体は、前記第一の導電性シード層上に、第二シード層と同一の金属材料から構成される保護層を積層することができる。 The semi-additive construction laminate of the present invention can have a protective layer made of the same metal material as the second seed layer laminated on the first conductive seed layer.

 前記保護層は、前記第一の導電性シード層上に積層することで、本発明のプリント配線板を製造する方法における、後述する両面を貫通する貫通孔を形成する工程において、発生する有機物や無機物のゴミ(スミア)が、第一の導電性シード層の表面に付着することを防ぐことができる。 By laminating the protective layer on the first conductive seed layer, it is possible to prevent organic and inorganic debris (smear) generated during the process of forming through holes penetrating both sides, described below, in the method for manufacturing a printed wiring board of the present invention from adhering to the surface of the first conductive seed layer.

 また、前記保護層を、第二の導電性シード層を構成する金属材料と同一の金属材料から構成することで、第二の導電性シード層を形成する際に、第二の導電性シード層と保護層とが一体化し、全体として第二の導電性シードとしての機能を有する。 Furthermore, by constructing the protective layer from the same metal material as that constituting the second conductive seed layer, the second conductive seed layer and the protective layer are integrated when the second conductive seed layer is formed, and the entire layer functions as a second conductive seed layer.

 前記保護層の厚みは、第一の導電性シードに開口部を設ける工程が、良好に実施でき、また、後工程の第二の導電性シードの一部を除去する工程が問題なく実施できれば、特に制限はないが、開口部を設ける工程での作業効率の観点から、0.1~10μmの範囲であることが好ましく、また、後工程における、第二の導電性シードの一部を除去する工程の作業効率の観点から、0.2~3μmの範囲であることが好ましい。 There are no particular restrictions on the thickness of the protective layer, so long as the process of forming an opening in the first conductive seed can be carried out smoothly and the subsequent process of removing a portion of the second conductive seed can be carried out without any problems. However, from the perspective of operational efficiency in the process of forming the opening, it is preferable that the thickness be in the range of 0.1 to 10 μm, and from the perspective of operational efficiency in the subsequent process of removing a portion of the second conductive seed, it is preferable that the thickness be in the range of 0.2 to 3 μm.

 前記金属から構成される保護層は、第一の導電性シード層上に、公知慣用の乾式、湿式のめっき法を用いて形成することができる。また、前述の転写法によって、第一の導電性シードを形成する場合、転写用の仮基材を第二の導電性シードと同一の金属として、絶縁性基材上に貼り合わせ、当該仮基材を金属の保護層として用いても良い。 The protective layer composed of the metal can be formed on the first conductive seed layer using known, commonly used dry or wet plating methods. Furthermore, when forming the first conductive seed layer using the aforementioned transfer method, a temporary substrate for transfer may be made of the same metal as the second conductive seed, and attached to an insulating substrate, and the temporary substrate may be used as a metal protective layer.

 前記第二の導電性シード層を構成する金属材料には、後述するめっき工程やエッチング工程が問題なく実施できる範囲で、例えば、金、白金、パラジウム、アルミニウム、スズ、銅、ニッケル、チタン、インジウムおよびイリジウム等の種々の導電性物質を適用できるが、前記第一の導電性シード層と異なる種類または混合物であれば異なる組成の金属を選択する必要がある。 The metal material constituting the second conductive seed layer can be a variety of conductive substances, such as gold, platinum, palladium, aluminum, tin, copper, nickel, titanium, indium, and iridium, as long as the plating and etching processes described below can be carried out without any problems. However, if the type or mixture of metal is different from that of the first conductive seed layer, a metal with a different composition must be selected.

(セミアディティブ工法用積層体の製造工程)
 本発明に係るセミアディティブ工法用積層体の製造工程について、図1~図2を参照して説明する。
(Manufacturing process of laminates for semi-additive processes)
The manufacturing process of the laminate for semi-additive manufacturing according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 and 2. FIG.

 工程(1)において、絶縁性基材(下地)10の上に回路12(銅、他)が形成された基板を適宜準備する。 In step (1), a substrate is prepared in which a circuit 12 (copper, etc.) is formed on an insulating base material (base) 10.

 次に、工程(2)において、基板に対して更に絶縁性基材13(プリプレグや層間絶縁材料など)と、プライマー層14と第一の導電性シード層16(銀、他)をこの順で形成する。絶縁性基材13とプライマー層14と第一の導電性シード層16は1層ずつの形成でも一括の形成でもよい。また、図示は省略するが、第一の導電性シード層16の表面に任意で保護層(樹脂や金属フィルムなど)を設けてもよい。
 なお、図1に示す工程例においては、基板10の片面に対してプライマー層14と第一の導電性シード層16を形成しているが、プライマー層および導電性シード層を基板の両面に成してもよい。
Next, in step (2), an insulating base material 13 (e.g., prepreg or interlayer insulating material), a primer layer 14, and a first conductive seed layer 16 (e.g., silver) are formed on the substrate in this order. The insulating base material 13, the primer layer 14, and the first conductive seed layer 16 may be formed one layer at a time or all at once. Although not shown, a protective layer (e.g., a resin or metal film) may be optionally provided on the surface of the first conductive seed layer 16.
In the example process shown in FIG. 1, the primer layer 14 and the first conductive seed layer 16 are formed on one side of the substrate 10, but the primer layer and the conductive seed layer may be formed on both sides of the substrate.

 工程(3)において、第一の導電性シード層16(または、任意の保護層)上からビア加工(レーザーなど)を実施して、ビア(開口部)18を形成する。ビア(開口部)18を形成する方法としては、公知慣用の方法を、適宜選択すればよいが、例えば、ドリル加工、レーザー加工、レーザー加工と酸化剤、アルカリ性薬剤、酸性薬剤等を用いた絶縁性基材の薬剤エッチングを組み合わせた加工法などの方法が挙げられる。なお、図示した例では、所謂ブラインドビアとしているが、スルーホールを形成することもできる。 In step (3), via processing (laser, etc.) is performed on the first conductive seed layer 16 (or any protective layer) to form vias (openings) 18. The method for forming the vias (openings) 18 can be selected from known and commonly used methods, such as drilling, laser processing, and processing methods that combine laser processing with chemical etching of the insulating substrate using an oxidizing agent, alkaline chemical, acidic chemical, etc. In the example shown, so-called blind vias are used, but through-holes can also be formed.

 前記穴開け加工で形成する穴の孔径(直径)は、0.01~1mmの範囲が好ましく、0.01~0.5mmの範囲がより好ましく、0.02~0.1mmの範囲がさらに好ましい。 The diameter of the holes formed by the drilling process is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 1 mm, more preferably in the range of 0.01 to 0.5 mm, and even more preferably in the range of 0.02 to 0.1 mm.

 孔開け加工時に発生する有機物や無機物のゴミ(スミア)が、後述する両面の電気的接続、および、導電層を形成するめっき工程でめっき析出性の不良や、めっき密着性の低下、めっき外観を損なう原因となる可能性があるため、ゴミを除去すること(デスミア)が好ましい。デスミアの方法としては、例えば、プラズマ処理、逆スパッタ処理等の乾式処理(ドライデスミア)、過マンガン酸カリウム等の酸化剤水溶液による洗浄処理、アルカリや酸の水溶液による洗浄処理、有機溶剤による洗浄処理等の湿式処理(ウェットデスミア)などが挙げられる。 The organic and inorganic debris (smear) generated during the drilling process can cause poor plating deposition, reduced plating adhesion, and impaired plating appearance during the electrical connection on both sides and the plating process that forms the conductive layer, as described below, so it is preferable to remove the debris (desmearing). Desmearing methods include, for example, dry processes (dry desmear) such as plasma treatment and reverse sputtering, and wet processes (wet desmear) such as cleaning with an aqueous oxidizing agent solution such as potassium permanganate, cleaning with an aqueous alkali or acid solution, and cleaning with an organic solvent.

 工程(4)において、ビア(開口部)18の内部を含めて全面に無電解銅めっき処理を行い、第二の導電性シード層20(銅)を形成する。 In step (4), electroless copper plating is performed on the entire surface, including the inside of the via (opening) 18, to form a second conductive seed layer 20 (copper).

 次に、図2に図示するように工程(5)において、全面にカバー層22を形成する。なお、図示した例では、カバー層22はエッチングレジストであって、前記エッチングレジストはフィルム状のものを貼り付けることによって形成しているが、液状のものを塗布してカバー層22を形成することもできる。 Next, in step (5), as shown in Figure 2, a cover layer 22 is formed on the entire surface. In the example shown, the cover layer 22 is an etching resist, and is formed by applying a film-like etching resist, but the cover layer 22 can also be formed by applying a liquid material.

 工程(5)のカバー層22を形成する工程においては、第二の導電性シード層20の表面は、カバー層22形成前に、カバー層22との密着性向上を目的として、酸性またはアルカリ性の洗浄液による洗浄処理、コロナ処理、プラズマ処理、UV処理、気相オゾン処理、液相オゾン処理、表面処理剤による処理等の表面処理を行ってもよい。これらの表面処理は、1種の方法で行うことも2種以上の方法を併用することもできる。 In step (5), which is the step of forming the cover layer 22, the surface of the second conductive seed layer 20 may be subjected to a surface treatment, such as cleaning with an acidic or alkaline cleaning solution, corona treatment, plasma treatment, UV treatment, gas-phase ozone treatment, liquid-phase ozone treatment, or treatment with a surface treatment agent, before the formation of the cover layer 22, in order to improve adhesion to the cover layer 22. These surface treatments can be performed using one method or two or more methods in combination.

 前記の表面処理剤による処理としては、例えば、特開平7-258870号公報に記載されている、トリアゾール系化合物、シランカップリング剤および有機酸からなる防錆剤を用いて処理する方法、特開2000-286546号公報に記載されている、有機酸、ベンゾトリアゾール系防錆剤およびシランカップリング剤を用いて処理する方法、特開2002-363189号公報に記載されている、トリアゾールやチアジアゾール等の含窒素複素環と、トリメトキシシリル基やトリエトキシシリル基等のシリル基が、チオエーテル(スルフィド)結合等を有する有機基を介して結合された構造の物質を用いて処理する方法、WO2013/186941号公報に記載されている、トリアジン環とアミノ基を有するシラン化合物を用いて処理する方法、特開2015-214743号公報に記載されている、ホルミルイミダゾール化合物と、アミノプロピルシラン化合物とを反応させて得られるイミダゾールシラン化合物を用いて処理する方法、特開2016-134454号公報に記載されているアゾールシラン化合物を用いて処理する方法、特開2017-203073号公報に記載されている、一分子中にアミノ基および芳香環を有する芳香族化合物と2以上のカルボキシル基を有する多塩基酸、ならびにハロゲン化物イオンを含む溶液で処理する方法、特開2018-16865号公報に記載されているトリアゾールシラン化合物を含有する表面処理剤で処理する方法、などを用いることができる。 Examples of treatments using the surface treatment agents include a treatment method using a rust inhibitor consisting of a triazole compound, a silane coupling agent, and an organic acid, as described in JP 7-258870 A; a treatment method using an organic acid, a benzotriazole rust inhibitor, and a silane coupling agent, as described in JP 2000-286546 A; a treatment method using a substance having a structure in which a nitrogen-containing heterocycle such as triazole or thiadiazole is bonded to a silyl group such as a trimethoxysilyl group or a triethoxysilyl group via an organic group having a thioether (sulfide) bond, as described in JP 2002-363189 A; and a treatment method using a compound having a structure in which a triazine ring and an amine group are bonded to a nitrogen-containing heterocycle such as triazole or thiadiazole via an organic group having a thioether (sulfide) bond, as described in WO 2013/186941 A. Examples of methods that can be used include treatment with a silane compound having an amino group, treatment with an imidazole silane compound obtained by reacting a formyl imidazole compound with an aminopropyl silane compound (disclosed in JP 2015-214743 A), treatment with an azole silane compound (disclosed in JP 2016-134454 A), treatment with a solution containing an aromatic compound having an amino group and an aromatic ring in one molecule, a polybasic acid having two or more carboxyl groups, and halide ions (disclosed in JP 2017-203073 A), and treatment with a surface treatment agent containing a triazole silane compound (disclosed in JP 2018-16865 A).

 工程(6)において、カバー層22のパターニングを行う。なお、カバー層としてネガタイプのエッチングレジストを使用した場合には、露光した部分が後の現像液に不溶となり、未露光部分が現像液に溶解し除去されることになる。除去された後に開口部を覆うカバー層22が形成される。 In step (6), the cover layer 22 is patterned. If a negative etching resist is used as the cover layer, the exposed portions will be insoluble in the subsequent developer, while the unexposed portions will dissolve in the developer and be removed. After removal, the cover layer 22 that covers the opening is formed.

 工程(6)においてカバー層22にフォトマスクを通すか、ダイレクト露光機を用いて、活性光でパターンを露光する。露光量は、必要に応じて適宜設定すればよい。露光により感光性レジストに形成された潜像を、現像液を用いて除去することによって、カバー層22をパターニングする。 In step (6), the cover layer 22 is exposed to actinic light in a pattern by passing it through a photomask or using a direct exposure machine. The exposure dose can be set appropriately as needed. The latent image formed in the photosensitive resist by exposure is removed using a developer, thereby patterning the cover layer 22.

 前記現像液としては、0.3~2質量%の炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム等の希薄アルカリ水溶液が挙げられる。前記希薄アルカリ水溶液中には、界面活性剤、消泡剤や、現像を促進させるために、少量の有機溶剤等を添加してもよい。また、上記で露光した基材を、現像液に浸漬するか、現像液をスプレー等でレジスト上に噴霧することにより現像を行ない、この現像によって、パターン形成部が除去されたパターンレジストを形成できる。 The developer may be a dilute aqueous alkaline solution of 0.3 to 2% by mass of sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, or the like. A surfactant, an antifoaming agent, or a small amount of an organic solvent to promote development may be added to the dilute aqueous alkaline solution. Furthermore, development can be carried out by immersing the exposed substrate in the developer or by spraying the developer onto the resist with a spray, etc., and this development can form a patterned resist in which the pattern-forming portion has been removed.

 カバー層22を形成する際には、さらに、プラズマによるデスカム処理や、市販のレジスト残渣除去剤を用いて、硬化レジストと基板との境界部分に生じた裾引き部分や基板表面に残存したレジスト付着物などのレジスト残渣を除去してもよい。 When forming the cover layer 22, you may also use plasma descum treatment or a commercially available resist residue remover to remove resist residue, such as the trailing edge at the boundary between the hardened resist and the substrate, and resist deposits remaining on the substrate surface.

 本発明で用いるカバー層22としては、市販のレジストインキ、液体レジスト、ドライフィルムレジストを用いることができ、目的とするパターンの解像度、使用する露光機の種類、後工程のめっき処理で用いる薬液の種類、pH等によって適宜選択すればよい。 The cover layer 22 used in the present invention can be made from commercially available resist ink, liquid resist, or dry film resist, and can be selected appropriately depending on the desired pattern resolution, the type of exposure machine used, the type of chemical solution used in the subsequent plating process, pH, etc.

 市販のレジストインキとしては、例えば、太陽インキ製造株式会社製の「めっきレジストMA-830」、「エッチングレジストX-87」;NAZDAR社のエッチングレジスト、めっきレジスト;互応化学工業株式会社製の「エッチングレジスト PLAS FINE PER」シリーズ、「めっきレジスト PLAS FINE PPR」シリーズ等が挙げられる。また、電着レジストとしては、例えば、ダウ・ケミカル・カンパニー社の「イーグルシリーズ」、「ペパーシリーズ」等が挙げられる。さらに、市販のドライフィルムとしては、例えば、株式会社レゾナック製の「フォテック」シリーズ;ニッコーマテリアルズ株式会社製の「ALPHO」シリーズ;旭化成株式会社製の「サンフォート」シリーズ、デュポン社製の「リストン」シリーズ等が挙げられる。 Commercially available resist inks include, for example, "Plating Resist MA-830" and "Etching Resist X-87" manufactured by Taiyo Ink Mfg. Co., Ltd.; etching resists and plating resists manufactured by NAZDAR; and the "Etching Resist PLAS FINE PER" series and "Plating Resist PLAS FINE PPR" series manufactured by GOO Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Examples of electrodeposition resists include the "Eagle Series" and "Peper Series" manufactured by The Dow Chemical Company. Examples of commercially available dry films include, for example, the "Photec" series manufactured by Resonac Inc.; the "ALPHO" series manufactured by Nikko Materials Co., Ltd.; the "Sunfort" series manufactured by Asahi Kasei Corporation; and the "Riston" series manufactured by DuPont.

 効率よくプリント配線板を製造するためには、ドライフィルムレジストを用いることが簡便で、特に微細回路を形成する場合には、セミアディティブ工法用のドライフィルムを用いればよい。この目的に用いる市販のドライフィルムとしては、例えば、ニッコーマテリアルズ株式会社製の「ALFO LDF500」、「NIT2700」、旭化成株式会社製の「サンフォート UFG-258」、株式会社レゾナック製の「RDシリーズ(RD-2015、1225)」、「RYシリーズ(RY-5319、5325)」、デュポン社製の「PlateMasterシリーズ(PM200、300)」等を用いることができる。 The use of dry film resist is a convenient way to efficiently manufacture printed wiring boards, and when forming fine circuits in particular, dry film for semi-additive processes can be used. Commercially available dry films for this purpose include, for example, "ALFO LDF500" and "NIT2700" manufactured by Nikko Materials Co., Ltd., "Sunfort UFG-258" manufactured by Asahi Kasei Corporation, "RD Series (RD-2015, 1225)" and "RY Series (RY-5319, 5325)" manufactured by Resonac Inc., and "PlateMaster Series (PM200, 300)" manufactured by DuPont.

 工程(6)において、カバー層22のパターニング後の径は、ビア(開口部)18の径を1とした場合、比率1.05~3.0とすることが好ましく、1.05~2.5とすることがより好ましく、1.05~2.0とすることがさらに好ましい。カバー層22のパターニング後の径が小さすぎる場合には、ビア(開口部)18を覆うことが難しく、カバー層22のパターニング後の径が大き過ぎる場合には、配線密度を向上させることが難しくなることが懸念される。
 なお、ビア(開口部)18およびカバー層22のパターンが真円でない場合には、それぞれに内接する円の径を基準に上記比率を設定することができる。
In step (6), the diameter of the cover layer 22 after patterning preferably has a ratio of 1.05 to 3.0, more preferably 1.05 to 2.5, and even more preferably 1.05 to 2.0, where the diameter of the via (opening) 18 is taken as 1. If the diameter of the cover layer 22 after patterning is too small, it may be difficult to cover the via (opening) 18, and if the diameter of the cover layer 22 after patterning is too large, it may be difficult to improve the wiring density.
If the patterns of the via (opening) 18 and the cover layer 22 are not perfect circles, the above ratio can be set based on the diameter of the circle inscribed in each of them.

 以上のようにして、本発明のセミアディティブ工法用積層体を製造することができる。 In this manner, the semi-additive laminate of the present invention can be manufactured.

 上記工程(5)、(6)においては、前記開口部を覆うカバー層の形成方法として、レジストを用いた製造例を示しているが、本発明においては、特に限定されるものではなく、後述する第二の導電性シード層のエッチング時に、前記開口部を覆うカバー層として機能し、その後、除去できるものであれば、公知慣用の材料、方法を好適に用いて形成することができる。 In the above steps (5) and (6), a manufacturing example using a resist is shown as a method for forming a cover layer that covers the opening, but this is not particularly limited in the present invention, and any known, commonly used material and method can be used as long as it functions as a cover layer that covers the opening when the second conductive seed layer described below is etched and can be removed thereafter.

(プリント配線板の製造工程)
 本発明に係る、前記セミアディティブ工法用積層体を用いたプリント配線板の製造工程について、図2~4を参照しながら説明する。工程(7)において、カバー層22でカバーされていない第二の導電性シード層20の部分をエッチングにより除去し、第一の導電性シード層16を露出させる。エッチングは、下層の第一の導電性シード層16がエッチングされない条件、例えば、硫酸―過酸化水素、過硫酸塩系エッチング液などを適宜、使用温度、濃度、エッチング時間を調整して実施する。
(Printed wiring board manufacturing process)
2 to 4, a description will be given of a manufacturing process for a printed wiring board using the semi-additive laminate according to the present invention. In step (7), the portion of the second conductive seed layer 20 that is not covered by the cover layer 22 is removed by etching to expose the first conductive seed layer 16. Etching is carried out under conditions that do not etch the underlying first conductive seed layer 16, such as using a sulfuric acid-hydrogen peroxide or persulfate-based etching solution, with the temperature, concentration, and etching time appropriately adjusted.

 なお、第二の導電性シード層を除去する際、第一の導電性シード層のシード機能が損なわない範囲で薬液を用いた化学エッチングの他に物理的に除去するような工程を実施しても良い。例えば研磨剤を混合した水溶液をエアーで吹き付けるウェットブラスト工程を実施しても良い。 When removing the second conductive seed layer, a physical removal process may be carried out in addition to chemical etching using a chemical solution, as long as the seed function of the first conductive seed layer is not impaired. For example, a wet blasting process may be carried out, in which an aqueous solution mixed with an abrasive is sprayed with air.

 工程(8)において、水酸化ナトリウムなどの剥離液に浸漬することで、カバー層22を除去する。 In step (8), the cover layer 22 is removed by immersion in a stripping solution such as sodium hydroxide.

 工程(9)において、全面にめっきレジスト24を形成する。なお、図示した例では、めっきレジスト24はフィルム状のものを貼り付けることによって形成しているが、液状のものを塗布してめっきレジストを形成することもできる。 In step (9), plating resist 24 is formed over the entire surface. In the example shown, plating resist 24 is formed by applying a film, but plating resist can also be formed by applying a liquid.

 工程(9)のめっきレジスト24を形成する工程においても、工程(5)と同様の目的により第一の導電性シード層16の表面は、めっきレジスト24形成前に、酸性またはアルカリ性の洗浄液による洗浄処理、コロナ処理、プラズマ処理、UV処理、気相オゾン処理、液相オゾン処理、表面処理剤による処理等の表面処理を行ってもよい。これらの表面処理は、1種の方法で行うことも2種以上の方法を併用することもできる。 In the step of forming the plating resist 24 in step (9), for the same purpose as in step (5), the surface of the first conductive seed layer 16 may be subjected to a surface treatment such as cleaning with an acidic or alkaline cleaning solution, corona treatment, plasma treatment, UV treatment, gas-phase ozone treatment, liquid-phase ozone treatment, or treatment with a surface treatment agent before forming the plating resist 24. These surface treatments may be performed using one method or two or more methods in combination.

 工程(10)において、めっきレジスト24を非回路形成部のレジストが残るようにパターニングする。めっきレジスト24がネガタイプの場合には、露光した部分が後の現像液に不溶となり、未露光部分が現像液に溶解し除去されることになる。 In step (10), the plating resist 24 is patterned so that the resist remains in the non-circuit forming areas. If the plating resist 24 is a negative type, the exposed areas will be insoluble in the subsequent developer, and the unexposed areas will dissolve in the developer and be removed.

 工程(11)において、全面に電解銅めっきなどの電解めっき処理をすることで、パターン回路26を形成する。なお、ビア(開口部)18内を配線と同じ高さまでめっきアップするフィルドめっき、または、ビア(開口部)18内壁のみはコンフォーマルめっきを採用することができる。 In step (11), the entire surface is subjected to an electrolytic plating process such as electrolytic copper plating to form the pattern circuit 26. Note that either filled plating, which plates up the inside of the via (opening) 18 to the same height as the wiring, or conformal plating can be used only on the inner walls of the via (opening) 18.

 工程(11)においては、第一の導電性シード層16を電解銅めっきのカソード電極として使用し、現像により露出した第一の導電性シード層16上に、電解銅めっき法による処理を行うことにより、積層体のビア(開口部)18を銅めっきで接続すると同時に、パターン回路層を形成することができる。 In step (11), the first conductive seed layer 16 is used as a cathode electrode for electrolytic copper plating, and electrolytic copper plating is performed on the first conductive seed layer 16 exposed by development, thereby connecting the vias (openings) 18 of the laminate with copper plating and simultaneously forming a patterned circuit layer.

 電解銅めっき法によりパターン回路26を形成する前において、必要に応じて、第一の導電性シード層16表面の表面処理を行ってもよい。この表面処理としては、前記第一の導電性シード層16の表面や形成したパターニングされためっきレジスト24が損傷しない条件で、酸性またはアルカリ性の洗浄液による洗浄処理、コロナ処理、プラズマ処理、UV処理、気相オゾン処理、液相オゾン処理、表面処理剤による処理等が挙げられる。これらの表面処理は、1種の方法で行うことも2種以上の方法を併用することもできる。 Prior to forming the pattern circuit 26 by electrolytic copper plating, the surface of the first conductive seed layer 16 may be subjected to a surface treatment, if necessary. Examples of such surface treatments include cleaning with an acidic or alkaline cleaning solution, corona treatment, plasma treatment, UV treatment, gas-phase ozone treatment, liquid-phase ozone treatment, and treatment with a surface treatment agent, provided that the surface of the first conductive seed layer 16 and the patterned plating resist 24 that has been formed are not damaged. These surface treatments can be performed using one method or two or more methods in combination.

 工程(11)において、パターン回路26を形成する際、めっき膜の応力緩和や密着力向上を目的として、めっき後にアニーリングを行ってもよい。アニーリングは、後述するエッチング工程の前に行ってもよいし、エッチング工程の後に行ってもよく、エッチングの前後で行ってもよい。 In step (11), when forming the pattern circuit 26, annealing may be performed after plating to relieve stress in the plating film and improve adhesion. Annealing may be performed before the etching step described below, after the etching step, or both before and after etching.

 アニーリングの温度は、用いる基材の耐熱性や使用目的によって40~300℃の温度範囲で適宜選択すればよいが、40~250℃の範囲が好ましく、めっき膜の酸化劣化を抑制する目的から、40~200℃の範囲がより好ましい。また、アニーリングの時間は、40~200℃の温度範囲の場合には、10分~10日間、200℃を超える温度でのアニーリングは、5分~10時間程度がよい。また、めっき膜をアニーリングする際には、適宜、めっき膜表面に防錆剤を付与してもよい。 The annealing temperature can be selected appropriately within the range of 40 to 300°C depending on the heat resistance of the substrate used and the intended use, but a range of 40 to 250°C is preferred, and a range of 40 to 200°C is even more preferred in order to prevent oxidative degradation of the plating film. Furthermore, the annealing time should be 10 minutes to 10 days when the temperature is in the range of 40 to 200°C, and approximately 5 minutes to 10 hours when annealing at temperatures above 200°C. When annealing the plating film, a rust inhibitor may be applied to the plating film surface as appropriate.

 工程(12)において、水酸化ナトリウムなどの剥離液に浸漬することで、めっきレジスト24を剥離する。 In step (12), the plating resist 24 is stripped by immersion in a stripping solution such as sodium hydroxide.

 工程(13)において、有機酸などのパターン回路26をエッチングしない薬液を使用して第一の導電性シード層16をエッチングする。 In step (13), the first conductive seed layer 16 is etched using a chemical solution, such as an organic acid, that does not etch the pattern circuit 26.

 上記のような各工程を繰り返すことにより、必要層数の多層基板を形成することができる。また、上記の例はリジッド基板を想定しているが、フレキシブル基板の両面に同様の工程を実施することができる。 By repeating the above steps, a multi-layer board with the required number of layers can be formed. Also, while the above example assumes a rigid board, the same process can be carried out on both sides of a flexible board.

 工程(12)において、めっきレジスト24を剥離し、更に、工程(13)において、非パターン形成部の第一の導電性シード層16をエッチング液により除去する。めっきレジスト24の剥離は、用いた感光性レジストのカタログ、仕様書等に記載されている推奨条件で行えばよい。また、めっきレジスト24の剥離の際に用いるレジスト剥離液としては、市販のレジスト剥離液や、45~60℃に設定した水酸化ナトリウムもしくは水酸化カリウムの1.5~3質量%水溶液を用いることができる。めっきレジスト24の剥離は、パターン回路26を形成した基材を、剥離液に浸漬するか、剥離液をスプレー等で噴霧することによって行うことができる。 In step (12), the plating resist 24 is stripped, and then in step (13), the first conductive seed layer 16 in the non-pattern-forming areas is removed using an etching solution. The plating resist 24 can be stripped under the recommended conditions described in the catalog or specifications of the photosensitive resist used. The resist stripper used to strip the plating resist 24 can be a commercially available resist stripper or a 1.5 to 3 mass % aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide set to 45 to 60°C. The plating resist 24 can be stripped by immersing the substrate on which the pattern circuit 26 is formed in the stripper, or by spraying the stripper with a spray or the like.

 また、非パターン形成部の第一の導電性シード層16を除去する際に用いるエッチング液は、第一の導電性シード層16のみを選択的にエッチングし、パターン回路26を形成する銅は、エッチングしないものが好ましい。このようなエッチング液としては、カルボン酸と過酸化水素との混合物が挙げられる。 Furthermore, it is preferable that the etching solution used to remove the first conductive seed layer 16 in the non-pattern forming areas selectively etches only the first conductive seed layer 16, and does not etch the copper that forms the pattern circuit 26. An example of such an etching solution is a mixture of carboxylic acid and hydrogen peroxide.

 前記カルボン酸としては、例えば、酢酸、蟻酸、プロピオン酸、酪酸、吉草酸、カプロン酸、エナント酸、カプリル酸、ペラルゴン酸、カプリン酸、ラウリン酸、ミリスチン酸、パルミチン酸、マルガリン酸、ステアリン酸、オレイン酸、リノール酸、リノレン酸、アラキドン酸、エイコサペンタエン酸、ドコサヘキサエン酸、シュウ酸、マロン酸、コハク酸、安息香酸、サリチル酸、フタル酸、イソフタル酸、テレフタル酸、没食子酸、メリト酸、ケイ皮酸、ピルビン酸、乳酸、リンゴ酸、クエン酸、フマル酸、マレイン酸、アコニット酸、グルタル酸、アジピン酸、アミノ酸等が挙げられる。これらのカルボン酸は、1種で用いることも2種以上併用することもできる。これらのカルボン酸の中でも、エッチング液としての製造、取り扱いが容易であることから、主として酢酸を用いることが好ましい。 Examples of carboxylic acids include acetic acid, formic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, enanthic acid, caprylic acid, pelargonic acid, capric acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, margaric acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, arachidonic acid, eicosapentaenoic acid, docosahexaenoic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, gallic acid, mellitic acid, cinnamic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malic acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, aconitic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, and amino acids. These carboxylic acids can be used alone or in combination. Of these carboxylic acids, acetic acid is preferably used primarily because it is easy to manufacture and handle as an etching solution.

 エッチング液として、カルボン酸と過酸化水素との混合物を用いると、過酸化水素がカルボン酸と反応することによって、過カルボン酸(ぺルオキシカルボン酸)が生成すると考えられる。生成した過カルボン酸は、パターン回路26を構成する銅の溶解を抑制しながら、第一の導電性シード層16を構成する銀を優先的に溶解するものと推測される。 When a mixture of carboxylic acid and hydrogen peroxide is used as the etching solution, it is believed that the hydrogen peroxide reacts with the carboxylic acid to produce percarboxylic acid (peroxycarboxylic acid). It is presumed that the produced percarboxylic acid preferentially dissolves the silver that makes up the first conductive seed layer 16 while suppressing the dissolution of the copper that makes up the pattern circuit 26.

 カルボン酸と過酸化水素との混合物の混合割合としては、銅のパターン回路26の溶解を抑制できることから、カルボン酸1モルに対して、過酸化水素を2~100モルの範囲が好ましく、過酸化水素2~50モルの範囲がより好ましい。 The mixing ratio of the mixture of carboxylic acid and hydrogen peroxide is preferably in the range of 2 to 100 moles of hydrogen peroxide per 1 mole of carboxylic acid, and more preferably in the range of 2 to 50 moles of hydrogen peroxide, as this can suppress dissolution of the copper pattern circuit 26.

 カルボン酸と過酸化水素との混合物は、水で希釈された水溶液が好ましい。また、水溶液中のカルボン酸と過酸化水素との混合物の含有比率は、エッチング液の温度上昇の影響を抑制できることから、2~65質量%の範囲が好ましく、2~30質量%の範囲がより好ましい。 The mixture of carboxylic acid and hydrogen peroxide is preferably an aqueous solution diluted with water. Furthermore, the content ratio of the mixture of carboxylic acid and hydrogen peroxide in the aqueous solution is preferably in the range of 2 to 65% by mass, more preferably 2 to 30% by mass, since this can suppress the effect of temperature rise in the etching solution.

 上記の希釈に用いる水としては、イオン交換水、純水、超純水等のイオン性物質や不純物を除去した水を用いることが好ましい。 The water used for the above dilution is preferably water from which ionic substances and impurities have been removed, such as ion-exchanged water, pure water, or ultrapure water.

 エッチング液には、パターン回路26を保護して、溶解を抑制するための保護剤をさらに添加してもよい。保護剤としては、アゾール化合物を用いることが好ましい。 A protective agent may be added to the etching solution to protect the pattern circuit 26 and prevent dissolution. An azole compound is preferably used as the protective agent.

 アゾール化合物としては、例えば、イミダゾール、ピラゾール、トリアゾール、テトラゾール、オキソゾール、チアゾール、セレナゾール、オキサジアゾール、チアジアゾール、オキサトリアゾール、チアトリアゾール等が挙げられる。 Examples of azole compounds include imidazole, pyrazole, triazole, tetrazole, oxazole, thiazole, selenazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, oxatriazole, and thiatriazole.

 アゾール化合物の具体例としては、例えば、2-メチルベンゾイミダゾール、アミノトリアゾール、1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール、4-アミノベンゾトリアゾール、1-ビスアミノメチルベンゾトリアゾール、アミノテトラゾール、フェニルテトラゾール、2-フェニルチアゾール、ベンゾチアゾール等が挙げられる。これらのアゾール化合物は、1種で用いることも2種以上併用することもできる。 Specific examples of azole compounds include 2-methylbenzimidazole, aminotriazole, 1,2,3-benzotriazole, 4-aminobenzotriazole, 1-bisaminomethylbenzotriazole, aminotetrazole, phenyltetrazole, 2-phenylthiazole, and benzothiazole. These azole compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 アゾール化合物のエッチング液中の濃度は、0.001~2質量%の範囲が好ましく、0.01~0.2質量%の範囲がより好ましい。 The concentration of the azole compound in the etching solution is preferably in the range of 0.001 to 2 mass%, and more preferably in the range of 0.01 to 0.2 mass%.

 また、エッチング液には、銅のパターン回路26の溶解を抑制できることから、保護剤として、ポリアルキレングリコールを添加することが好ましい。 It is also preferable to add polyalkylene glycol as a protective agent to the etching solution, as this can prevent the copper pattern circuit 26 from dissolving.

 ポリアルキレングリコールとしては、例えば、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコール、ポリオキシエチレンポリオキシプロピレンブロックコポリマー等の水溶性ポリマーなどが挙げられる。これらの中でも、ポリエチレングリコールが好ましい。また、ポリアルキレングリコールの数平均分子量としては、200~20,000の範囲が好ましい。 Examples of polyalkylene glycols include water-soluble polymers such as polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, and polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene block copolymers. Of these, polyethylene glycol is preferred. Furthermore, the number-average molecular weight of the polyalkylene glycol is preferably in the range of 200 to 20,000.

 ポリアルキレングリコールのエッチング液中の濃度は、0.001~2質量%の範囲が好ましく、0.01~1質量%の範囲がより好ましい。 The concentration of polyalkylene glycol in the etching solution is preferably in the range of 0.001 to 2% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.01 to 1% by mass.

 エッチング液には、pHの変動を抑制するため、有機酸のナトリウム塩、カリウム塩、アンモニウム塩等の添加剤を必要に応じて配合してもよい。 If necessary, additives such as sodium salts, potassium salts, or ammonium salts of organic acids may be added to the etching solution to suppress pH fluctuations.

 工程(13)において、第一の導電性シード層16の除去は、パターン回路26を形成した後、エッチング液に浸漬するか、基材上にエッチング液をスプレー等で噴霧することによって行うことができる。 In step (13), the first conductive seed layer 16 can be removed by immersing the substrate in an etching solution after forming the pattern circuit 26, or by spraying the etching solution onto the substrate with a spray or the like.

 エッチング装置を用いて、非パターン形成部の第一の導電性シード層16を除去する場合には、例えば、エッチング液の全成分を所定の組成になるように調製した後、エッチング装置に供給してもよく、エッチング液の各成分を個別にエッチング装置に供給し、装置内で、各成分を混合して、所定の組成になるように調製してもよい。 When using an etching device to remove the first conductive seed layer 16 in the non-pattern formation areas, for example, all components of the etching solution may be prepared to have a predetermined composition and then supplied to the etching device, or each component of the etching solution may be supplied separately to the etching device and mixed within the device to prepare the predetermined composition.

 エッチング液は、10~35℃の温度範囲で用いることが好ましく、特に過酸化水素を含有するエッチング液を使用する場合には、過酸化水素の分解を抑制できることから、30℃以下の温度範囲で用いることが好ましい。 Etching solutions are preferably used in the temperature range of 10 to 35°C, and when using etching solutions containing hydrogen peroxide, it is preferable to use them in the temperature range of 30°C or less, as this can prevent the decomposition of hydrogen peroxide.

 第一の導電性シード層16を、エッチング液で除去処理した後、エッチング液中に溶解した銀成分がプリント配線板上に付着、残留するのを防ぐ目的で、水洗以外に、さらに洗浄操作を行ってもよい。洗浄操作には、酸化銀、硫化銀、塩化銀を溶解するが、銀をほとんど溶解しない洗浄溶液を用いることが好ましい。具体的には、チオ硫酸塩もしくはトリス(3-ヒドロキシアルキル)ホスフィンを含有する水溶液、または、メルカプトカルボン酸もしくはその塩を含有する水溶液を洗浄薬液として用いることが好ましい。 After removing the first conductive seed layer 16 with an etching solution, a cleaning operation may be performed in addition to rinsing with water to prevent silver components dissolved in the etching solution from adhering to and remaining on the printed wiring board. For the cleaning operation, it is preferable to use a cleaning solution that dissolves silver oxide, silver sulfide, and silver chloride but hardly dissolves silver. Specifically, it is preferable to use an aqueous solution containing thiosulfate or tris(3-hydroxyalkyl)phosphine, or an aqueous solution containing mercaptocarboxylic acid or its salt as the cleaning solution.

 チオ硫酸塩としては、例えば、チオ硫酸アンモニウム、チオ硫酸ナトリウム、チオ硫酸カリウム等が挙げられる。また、前記トリス(3-ヒドロキシアルキル)ホスフィンとしては、例えば、トリス(3-ヒドロキシメチル)ホスフィン、トリス(3-ヒドロキシエチル)ホスフィン、トリス(3-ヒドロキシプロピル)ホスフィン等が挙げられる。これらのチオ硫酸塩またはトリス(3-ヒドロキシアルキル)ホスフィンは、それぞれ1種で用いることも2種以上併用することもできる。 Examples of thiosulfates include ammonium thiosulfate, sodium thiosulfate, and potassium thiosulfate. Examples of tris(3-hydroxyalkyl)phosphines include tris(3-hydroxymethyl)phosphine, tris(3-hydroxyethyl)phosphine, and tris(3-hydroxypropyl)phosphine. These thiosulfates and tris(3-hydroxyalkyl)phosphines can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 チオ硫酸塩を含有する水溶液を用いる場合の濃度としては、工程時間、用いる洗浄装置の特性等によって適宜設定すればよいが、0.1~40質量%の範囲が好ましく、洗浄効率や連続使用時の薬液の安定性の観点から、1~30質量%の範囲がより好ましい。 When using an aqueous solution containing thiosulfate, the concentration can be set appropriately depending on the process time, the characteristics of the cleaning equipment used, etc., but a range of 0.1 to 40% by mass is preferred, and a range of 1 to 30% by mass is more preferred from the standpoint of cleaning efficiency and chemical solution stability during continuous use.

 また、トリス(3-ヒドロキシアルキル)ホスフィンを含有する水溶液を用いる場合の濃度としては、工程時間、用いる洗浄装置の特性等によって適宜設定すればよいが、0.1~50質量%の範囲が好ましく、洗浄効率や連続使用時の薬液の安定性の観点から、1~40質量%の範囲がより好ましい。 Furthermore, when using an aqueous solution containing tris(3-hydroxyalkyl)phosphine, the concentration can be set appropriately depending on the process time, the characteristics of the cleaning equipment used, etc., but a range of 0.1 to 50% by mass is preferred, and a range of 1 to 40% by mass is more preferred from the standpoint of cleaning efficiency and chemical solution stability during continuous use.

 メルカプトカルボン酸としては、例えば、チオグリコール酸、2-メルカプトプロピオン酸、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸、チオリンゴ酸、システイン、N-アセチルシステイン等が挙げられる。また、メルカプトカルボン酸の塩としては、例えば、アルカリ金属塩、アンモニウム塩、アミン塩等が挙げられる。 Examples of mercaptocarboxylic acids include thioglycolic acid, 2-mercaptopropionic acid, 3-mercaptopropionic acid, thiomalic acid, cysteine, and N-acetylcysteine. Examples of salts of mercaptocarboxylic acids include alkali metal salts, ammonium salts, and amine salts.

 メルカプトカルボン酸またはその塩の水溶液を用いる場合の濃度としては、0.1~20質量%の範囲が好ましく、洗浄効率や大量に処理する場合のプロセスコストの観点から、0.5~15質量%の範囲がより好ましい。 When using an aqueous solution of mercaptocarboxylic acid or its salt, the concentration is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 20% by mass, and from the standpoint of cleaning efficiency and process costs when treating large quantities, the range of 0.5 to 15% by mass is more preferable.

 上記の洗浄操作を行う方法としては、例えば、非パターン形成部の第一の導電性シード層16をエッチング除去して得られたプリント配線板を洗浄薬液に浸漬する方法、プリント配線板にスプレー等で洗浄薬液を噴霧する方法等が挙げられる。洗浄薬液の温度は、室温(25℃)で用いることができるが、外気温に影響を受けずに安定的に洗浄処理を行えることから、例えば、30℃に温度設定して用いてもよい。 Methods for carrying out the above-mentioned cleaning operation include, for example, immersing the printed wiring board obtained by etching away the first conductive seed layer 16 in the non-pattern-forming areas in a cleaning solution, or spraying the cleaning solution onto the printed wiring board with a spray or the like. The cleaning solution can be used at room temperature (25°C), but since this allows for stable cleaning without being affected by the outside temperature, it may also be set to a temperature of, for example, 30°C.

 また、非パターン形成部の第一の導電性シード層16をエッチング液により除去する工程と洗浄操作は、必要に応じて繰り返して行うことができる。 Furthermore, the process of removing the first conductive seed layer 16 from the non-pattern forming areas using an etching solution and the cleaning operation can be repeated as necessary.

 本発明のプリント配線板を製造する方法は、上記のように、エッチング液で非パターン形成部の第一の導電性シード層16を除去処理した後、非パターン形成部の絶縁性を、さらに向上させる目的で、必要に応じて、さらに洗浄操作を行ってもよい。この洗浄操作には、例えば、水酸化カリウムまたは水酸化ナトリウムの水溶液に、過マンガン酸カリウムまたは過マンガン酸ナトリウムを溶解したアルカリ性過マンガン酸溶液を用いることができる。 In the method for manufacturing a printed wiring board of the present invention, after removing the first conductive seed layer 16 from the non-pattern-forming areas with an etching solution as described above, a further cleaning operation may be carried out as necessary to further improve the insulation of the non-pattern-forming areas. For this cleaning operation, for example, an alkaline permanganate solution prepared by dissolving potassium permanganate or sodium permanganate in an aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide or sodium hydroxide can be used.

 アルカリ性過マンガン酸溶液を用いた洗浄は、20~60℃に設定したアルカリ性過マンガン酸溶液に、上記の方法により得られたプリント配線板を浸漬する方法、プリント配線板にスプレー等でアルカリ性過マンガン酸溶液を噴霧する方法等が挙げられる。プリント配線板は、アルカリ性過マンガン酸溶液の基材表面への濡れ性をよくし、洗浄効率を向上させる目的で、洗浄前に、アルコール性水酸基を有する水溶性の有機溶媒に接触させる処理を行ってもよい。前記有機溶媒としては、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、n-プロピルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール等が挙げられる。これらの有機溶媒は、1種で用いることも2種以上併用することもできる。 Cleaning using an alkaline permanganate solution can be done by immersing the printed wiring board obtained by the above method in an alkaline permanganate solution set to 20-60°C, or by spraying the alkaline permanganate solution onto the printed wiring board using a spray or other method. Prior to cleaning, the printed wiring board can be treated by contacting it with a water-soluble organic solvent containing an alcoholic hydroxyl group in order to improve the wettability of the alkaline permanganate solution to the substrate surface and improve cleaning efficiency. Examples of such organic solvents include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, and isopropyl alcohol. These organic solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 アルカリ性過マンガン酸溶液の濃度は、必要に応じて適宜選択すればよいが、0.1~10質量%の水酸化カリウムまたは水酸化ナトリウム水溶液100質量部に、過マンガン酸カリウムまたは過マンガン酸ナトリウムを0.1~10質量部溶解させたものが好ましく、洗浄効率の観点から、1~6質量%の水酸化カリウムまたは水酸化ナトリウム水溶液100質量部に、過マンガン酸カリウムまたは過マンガン酸ナトリウムを1~6質量部溶解させたものがより好ましい。 The concentration of the alkaline permanganate solution can be selected as needed, but it is preferable to dissolve 0.1 to 10 parts by mass of potassium permanganate or sodium permanganate in 100 parts by mass of a 0.1 to 10% by mass aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide or sodium hydroxide. From the standpoint of cleaning efficiency, it is even more preferable to dissolve 1 to 6 parts by mass of potassium permanganate or sodium permanganate in 100 parts by mass of a 1 to 6% by mass aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide or sodium hydroxide.

 アルカリ性過マンガン酸溶液を用いた洗浄を行う場合には、アルカリ性過マンガン酸溶液の洗浄後に、洗浄した前記プリント配線板を、中和・還元作用のある液を用いて処理することが好ましい。中和・還元作用のある液としては、例えば、0.5~15質量%の希硫酸、または有機酸を含有する水溶液が挙げられる。また、有機酸としては、例えば、ギ酸、酢酸、シュウ酸、クエン酸、アスコルビン酸、メチオニン等が挙げられる。 When cleaning with an alkaline permanganate solution, it is preferable to treat the cleaned printed wiring board with a solution that has neutralizing and reducing properties after cleaning with the alkaline permanganate solution. Examples of solutions that have neutralizing and reducing properties include 0.5 to 15% by mass of dilute sulfuric acid or an aqueous solution containing an organic acid. Examples of organic acids include formic acid, acetic acid, oxalic acid, citric acid, ascorbic acid, and methionine.

 アルカリ性過マンガン酸溶液による洗浄は、エッチング液中に溶解した銀成分がプリント配線板上に付着、残留するのを防ぐ目的で行う洗浄の後に行ってもよいし、エッチング液中に溶解した銀成分がプリント配線板上に付着、残留するのを防ぐ目的で、洗浄を行う代わりに、アルカリ性過マンガン酸溶液による洗浄のみを行ってもよい。 Cleaning with alkaline permanganate solution may be performed after cleaning to prevent silver components dissolved in the etching solution from adhering to and remaining on the printed wiring board, or cleaning with alkaline permanganate solution alone may be performed instead of cleaning to prevent silver components dissolved in the etching solution from adhering to and remaining on the printed wiring board.

 また、本発明のプリント配線板を製造する方法により得られたプリント配線板は、適宜、必要に応じて、パターン回路上へのカバーレイフィルム積層、ソルダーレジスト層の形成、および、パターン回路の最終表面処理として、ニッケル/金めっき、ニッケル/パラジウム/金めっき、パラジウム/金めっきを施してもよい。 Furthermore, the printed wiring board obtained by the method for manufacturing a printed wiring board of the present invention may be appropriately and optionally subjected to lamination of a coverlay film on the pattern circuit, formation of a solder resist layer, and nickel/gold plating, nickel/palladium/gold plating, or palladium/gold plating as a final surface treatment of the pattern circuit.

 以上に述べた本発明のセミアディティブ工法用積層体を用いたプリント配線板を製造する方法により、種々の平滑基材上に密着性の高い、設計再現性がよく、良好な矩形断面形状の平滑表面のパターン回路を有する、両面接続、ビア接続された回路基板を製造することが可能である。したがって、本発明のセミアディティブ工法用積層体を用いたプリント配線板を製造する方法を用いることで、種々の形状、サイズの高密度、高性能のプリント配線板用基板、プリント配線板を、低コストで、良好に提供することができ、プリント配線板分野における産業上の利用性が高い。また、積層体を用いることにより、プリント配線板のみならず、平面上基材表面にパターン化された金属層を有する種々の部材、例えば、コネクター、電磁波シールド、RFIDなどのアンテナ、フィルムコンデンサーなども製造できる。 The method for manufacturing printed wiring boards using the semi-additive laminate of the present invention described above makes it possible to produce double-sided and via-connected circuit boards that have high adhesion, good design reproducibility, and patterned circuits with smooth surfaces and good rectangular cross-sectional shapes on a variety of smooth substrates. Therefore, by using the method for manufacturing printed wiring boards using the semi-additive laminate of the present invention, high-density, high-performance printed wiring board substrates and printed wiring boards of various shapes and sizes can be provided efficiently and at low cost, making the method highly applicable industrially in the printed wiring board field. Furthermore, the laminate can be used to manufacture not only printed wiring boards, but also various components that have a patterned metal layer on a flat substrate surface, such as connectors, electromagnetic shields, antennas for RFID and the like, and film capacitors.

 以下、実施例および比較例を用いて本発明をさらに詳細に説明する。以下の実施例および比較例において、「部」および「%」は、いずれも質量基準である。 The present invention will be explained in more detail below using examples and comparative examples. In the following examples and comparative examples, "parts" and "%" are all by mass.

[製造例1:プライマーの製造]
 温度計、窒素ガス導入管、攪拌器を備えた窒素置換された容器中で、ポリエステルポリオール(1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノールとネオペンチルグリコールとアジピン酸とを反応させて得られたポリエステルポリオール)100質量部、2,2-ジメチロールプロピオン酸17.6質量部、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノール21.7質量部およびジシクロヘキシルメタン-4,4’-ジイソシアネート106.2質量部を、メチルエチルケトン178質量部の混合溶剤中で反応させることによって、末端にイソシアネート基を有するウレタンプレポリマー溶液を得た。
[Production Example 1: Production of primer]
In a nitrogen-substituted vessel equipped with a thermometer, a nitrogen gas inlet tube, and a stirrer, 100 parts by mass of polyester polyol (a polyester polyol obtained by reacting 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, neopentyl glycol, and adipic acid), 17.6 parts by mass of 2,2-dimethylolpropionic acid, 21.7 parts by mass of 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, and 106.2 parts by mass of dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate were reacted in a mixed solvent of 178 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone to obtain a urethane prepolymer solution having an isocyanate group at its terminal.

 次いで、前記ウレタンプレポリマー溶液にトリエチルアミン13.3質量部を加えて、前記ウレタンプレポリマーが有するカルボキシル基を中和し、さらに水380質量部を加えて十分に攪拌することにより、ウレタンプレポリマーの水性分散液を得た。 Next, 13.3 parts by mass of triethylamine was added to the urethane prepolymer solution to neutralize the carboxyl groups in the urethane prepolymer, and 380 parts by mass of water was then added and thoroughly stirred to obtain an aqueous dispersion of the urethane prepolymer.

 上記で得られたウレタンプレポリマーの水性分散液に、25質量%エチレンジアミン水溶液8.8質量部を加え、攪拌することによって、ウレタンプレポリマーを鎖伸長した。
 次いでエージング・脱溶剤することによって、ウレタン樹脂の水性分散液(不揮発分30質量%)を得た。前記ウレタン樹脂の重量平均分子量は53,000であった。
To the aqueous dispersion of the urethane prepolymer obtained above, 8.8 parts by mass of a 25% by mass aqueous solution of ethylenediamine was added, and the mixture was stirred to extend the chain of the urethane prepolymer.
The mixture was then aged and desolvated to obtain an aqueous dispersion of urethane resin (non-volatile content: 30% by mass). The weight average molecular weight of the urethane resin was 53,000.

 次に、攪拌機、還流冷却管、窒素導入管、温度計、単量体混合物滴下用滴下漏斗、重合触媒滴下用滴下漏斗を備えた反応容器に脱イオン水140質量部、上記で得られたウレタン樹脂の水分散液100質量部を入れ、窒素を吹き込みながら80℃まで昇温した。その後、攪拌しながら、メタクリル酸メチル60質量部、アクリル酸n-ブチル30質量部およびN-n-ブトキシメチルアクリルアミド10質量部からなる単量体混合物と、0.5質量%過硫酸アンモニウム水溶液20質量部とを別々の滴下漏斗から、反応容器内温度を80℃に保ちながら120分間かけて滴下した。 Next, 140 parts by mass of deionized water and 100 parts by mass of the aqueous dispersion of urethane resin obtained above were placed in a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, reflux condenser, nitrogen inlet tube, thermometer, monomer mixture dropping funnel, and polymerization catalyst dropping funnel, and the temperature was raised to 80°C while nitrogen was blown in. Then, with stirring, a monomer mixture consisting of 60 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 30 parts by mass of n-butyl acrylate, and 10 parts by mass of N-n-butoxymethylacrylamide, and 20 parts by mass of a 0.5% by mass aqueous ammonium persulfate solution were added dropwise from separate dropping funnels over 120 minutes while maintaining the temperature inside the reaction vessel at 80°C.

 滴下終了後、さらに同温度にて60分間攪拌した後、反応容器内の温度を40℃に冷却して、不揮発分が20質量%になるように脱イオン水で希釈した後、200メッシュ濾布で濾過することによって、前記ウレタン樹脂をシェル層とし、メタクリル酸メチル等を原料とするアクリル樹脂をコア層とするコア・シェル型複合樹脂であるプライマー層用樹脂組成物の水分散液を得た。次に、イソプロパノールと水の質量割合が7/3となり、不揮発分が2質量%となるように、この水分散液にイソプピルアルコールと脱イオン水を加えて混合し、プライマーを得た。 After the dropwise addition was completed, the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for an additional 60 minutes, then the temperature inside the reaction vessel was cooled to 40°C and the mixture was diluted with deionized water to a non-volatile content of 20% by mass. The mixture was then filtered through a 200-mesh filter cloth to obtain an aqueous dispersion of a resin composition for the primer layer, which is a core-shell composite resin with the urethane resin as the shell layer and an acrylic resin made from raw materials such as methyl methacrylate as the core layer. Next, isopropyl alcohol and deionized water were added to and mixed with this aqueous dispersion so that the mass ratio of isopropanol to water was 7/3 and the non-volatile content was 2% by mass, yielding a primer.

[調製例1:銀粒子分散液の調製]
 エチレングリコール45質量部およびイオン交換水55質量部の混合溶媒に、分散剤としてポリエチレンイミンにポリオキシエチレンが付加した化合物を用いて平均粒径30nmの銀粒子を分散させることによって、銀粒子および分散剤を含有する分散体を調製した。次いで、得られた分散体に、イオン交換水、エタノールおよび界面活性剤を添加して、5質量%の銀粒子分散液を調製した。
Preparation Example 1: Preparation of silver particle dispersion
A dispersion containing silver particles and a dispersant was prepared by dispersing silver particles having an average particle size of 30 nm in a mixed solvent of 45 parts by mass of ethylene glycol and 55 parts by mass of ion-exchanged water using a compound formed by adding polyoxyethylene to polyethyleneimine as a dispersant. Next, ion-exchanged water, ethanol, and a surfactant were added to the resulting dispersion to prepare a 5% by mass silver particle dispersion.

[調製例2:銀用エッチング液の調製]
 イオン交換水47.4質量部に、酢酸2.6質量部を加え、さらに、35質量%過酸化水素水50質量部を加えて、銀用エッチング液を調製した。この銀用エッチング液の過酸化水素とカルボン酸とのモル比(過酸化水素/カルボン酸)は13.6であり、銀用エッチング液中の過酸化水素およびカルボン酸の混合物の含有比率は22.4質量%であった。
Preparation Example 2: Preparation of silver etching solution
A silver etching solution was prepared by adding 2.6 parts by mass of acetic acid to 47.4 parts by mass of ion-exchanged water, and then adding 50 parts by mass of 35% by mass of hydrogen peroxide solution. The molar ratio of hydrogen peroxide to carboxylic acid (hydrogen peroxide/carboxylic acid) in this silver etching solution was 13.6, and the content of the mixture of hydrogen peroxide and carboxylic acid in the silver etching solution was 22.4% by mass.

[調製例3:銅用エッチング液の調製]
 イオン交換水に、硫酸37.5g/L、および過酸化水素13.5g・Lの割合で混合し、銅エッチング液を調製した。
Preparation Example 3: Preparation of copper etching solution
A copper etching solution was prepared by mixing 37.5 g/L of sulfuric acid and 13.5 g/L of hydrogen peroxide with ion-exchanged water.

(実施例1)
 絶縁性基材であるポリイミドフィルム(東レ・デュポン株式会社製「カプトン 100EN-C」;厚さ25μm)の表面に、製造例1で得られたプライマーを、卓上型小型コーター(RKプリントコートインストルメント社製「Kプリンティングプローファー」)を用いて、乾燥後の厚さが300nmとなるように塗工し、次いで、熱風乾燥機を用いて80℃で5分間乾燥した、さらに、フィルムを裏返して、上記と同様にして製造例1で得られたプライマーを乾燥後の厚さが300nmとなるように塗工し、熱風乾燥機を用いて80℃で5分間乾燥することによって、ポリイミドフィルムの両表面にプライマー層を形成した。
Example 1
The primer obtained in Production Example 1 was applied to the surface of a polyimide film ("Kapton 100EN-C" manufactured by DuPont-Toray Co., Ltd.; thickness: 25 μm) serving as an insulating substrate using a small desktop coater ("K Printing Profer" manufactured by RK Print Coat Instruments Co., Ltd.) so that the thickness after drying would be 300 nm, and then dried for 5 minutes at 80°C using a hot air dryer. Further, the film was turned over, and the primer obtained in Production Example 1 was applied to the surface in the same manner as above so that the thickness after drying would be 300 nm, and then dried for 5 minutes at 80°C using a hot air dryer, thereby forming primer layers on both surfaces of the polyimide film.

 上記で得られた両表面にプライマー層を有するポリイミドフィルム上に、調製例1で得られた銀粒子分散体を、卓上型小型コーター(RKプリントコートインストルメント社製「Kプリンティングプローファー」)を用いて、乾燥後の銀粒子層が0.5g/mとなるように塗工した。次いで、熱風乾燥機を用いて160℃で5分間乾燥した。さらに、フィルムを裏返して、上記と同様にして調製例1で得られた銀粒子分散体を銀粒子層が0.5g/mとなるように塗工し、熱風乾燥機を用いて160℃で5分間乾燥することによって、ポリイミドフィルムの両表面に銀粒子層を形成した。このようにして得られたフィルム基材を250℃で5分間焼成した後、テスターで銀粒子層の導通を確認し、ポリイミドの両表面に、プライマーと第一の導電性シード層(銀粒子層)を有するポリイミドフィルムを得た。 The silver particle dispersion obtained in Preparation Example 1 was applied to the polyimide film obtained above having primer layers on both surfaces using a small desktop coater (RK Printing Profer, manufactured by RK Print Coat Instruments) so that the silver particle layer after drying would be 0.5 g/ . The film was then dried for 5 minutes at 160°C using a hot air dryer. The film was then turned over, and the silver particle dispersion obtained in Preparation Example 1 was applied to the polyimide film in the same manner as above so that the silver particle layer would be 0.5 g/ m². The film was then dried for 5 minutes at 160°C using a hot air dryer, thereby forming silver particle layers on both surfaces of the polyimide film. The film substrate thus obtained was baked for 5 minutes at 250°C, and the conductivity of the silver particle layer was confirmed with a tester. A polyimide film having a primer and a first conductive seed layer (silver particle layer) on both surfaces of the polyimide was obtained.

 上記で得られた、両表面に第一の導電性シード層を有するポリイミドフィルム上に、剥離性カバー層として、38μm厚のポリエステル製再剥離性粘着テープ(パナック株式会社製、パナプロテクトHP/CT)をロールラミネーター(大成ラミネーター株式会社製 VA-770)を用いてラミネートし、絶縁性基材であるポリイミドフィルムの両表面上に、第一の導電性シード層、および剥離性カバー層が順次積層されたセミアディティブ工法用積層体を作製した。 A 38 μm thick polyester removable adhesive tape (Panaprotect HP/CT, manufactured by Panac Corporation) was laminated as a peelable cover layer onto the polyimide film obtained above, which had first conductive seed layers on both surfaces, using a roll laminator (VA-770, manufactured by Taisei Laminator Co., Ltd.), producing a laminate for semi-additive construction in which the first conductive seed layer and peelable cover layer were sequentially laminated on both surfaces of the polyimide film, which served as an insulating substrate.

 前記積層体の剥離性カバー層上からCOレーザー加工機(ビアメカニクス株式会社製)を用いて50μm径のビアを形成した。その後、ビア加工によって発生したスミアをプラズマ処理することにより除去した後、剥離性カバー層を剥離し、第一の導電性シード層を露出させた。次に、ビア内部を含めて全面に無電解銅めっき処理(無電解銅めっき液(ローム・アンド・ハース電子材料株式会社製「サーキュポジット6550」)中に35℃、10分間浸漬)を行い、第二の導電性シード層である銅層を形成した。 A 50 μm diameter via was formed on the peelable cover layer of the laminate using a CO 2 laser processing machine (manufactured by Via Mechanics Co., Ltd.). After that, smears generated by via processing were removed by plasma treatment, and the peelable cover layer was peeled off to expose the first conductive seed layer. Next, the entire surface, including the inside of the via, was subjected to electroless copper plating (immersion in an electroless copper plating solution ("Circuposit 6550" manufactured by Rohm and Haas Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) at 35° C. for 10 minutes) to form a copper layer, which is a second conductive seed layer.

 次いで、カバー層として、全面にエッチングレジスト(株式会社レゾナック製、フォテックRY-3110」、レジスト膜厚25μm)をロールラミネーター(大成ラミネーター株式会社製 VA-770)を用いて100℃の条件で形成した後、ビア部分が保護できるデザインで高圧水銀灯搭載の露光装置(株式会社オーク製作所製)を用いてパターン露光し、30℃、1質量%の炭酸ナトリウム水溶液で現像を行うことによりビア上以外のエッチングレジストを除去した。 Next, as a cover layer, an etching resist (Photec RY-3110, manufactured by Resonac Corporation, resist film thickness 25 μm) was formed over the entire surface using a roll laminator (VA-770, manufactured by Taisei Laminator Co., Ltd.) at 100°C. After that, a pattern was exposed using an exposure device (manufactured by Oak Manufacturing Co., Ltd.) equipped with a high-pressure mercury lamp, designed to protect the via area. Development was then carried out at 30°C with a 1% by weight aqueous solution of sodium carbonate, removing the etching resist from areas other than those above the vias.

 続いて、エッチングレジストでカバーされていない無電解銅めっきの部分を調製例3で作製した硫酸/過酸化水素系の銅エッチング液を用いたエッチングにより除去した後、50℃、3質量%の水酸化ナトリウム水溶液に浸漬することで、エッチングレジストを剥離した。 Next, the electroless copper plating portions not covered by the etching resist were removed by etching using the sulfuric acid/hydrogen peroxide-based copper etching solution prepared in Preparation Example 3, and the etching resist was then stripped by immersion in a 3% by mass aqueous sodium hydroxide solution at 50°C.

 全面にめっきレジスト(株式会社レゾナック製、フォテックRY-5125」、レジスト膜厚15μm)をロールラミネーター(大成ラミネーター株式会社製 VA-770)を用いて100℃の条件で形成した後、高圧水銀灯搭載の露光装置(株式会社オーク製作所製)を用いてパターン露光し、30℃、1質量%の炭酸ナトリウム水溶液で現像を行うことによりビア部と配線部のめっきレジストを除去した。 A plating resist (Resonac Corporation, Photec RY-5125, resist film thickness 15 μm) was formed over the entire surface using a roll laminator (Taisei Laminator Co., Ltd., VA-770) at 100°C, after which the pattern was exposed using an exposure device equipped with a high-pressure mercury lamp (Oak Manufacturing Co., Ltd.), and the plating resist in the via and wiring areas was removed by developing at 30°C with a 1% by weight aqueous solution of sodium carbonate.

 第一の導電性シード層および開口部の表面に形成した第二の導電性シード層の表面をカソードに設置し、含リン銅をアノードとして、硫酸銅を含有する電解めっき液(硫酸銅60g/L、硫酸190g/L、塩素イオン50mg/L、添加剤(ローム・アンド・ハース電子材料株式会社製 カパーグリームST-901」)を用いて、電流密度2.4A/dmで30分間電解銅めっきを行うことによりビア部と配線部を同じ高さにめっきアップした後、50℃、3質量%の水酸化ナトリウム水溶液に浸漬することで、めっきレジストを剥離した。
 最後に、調製例2で得られた銀用エッチング液に、上記で得られた積層体を、25℃で30秒間浸漬することで、導電層パターン以外の第一の導電性シード層を除去し、プリント配線板を得た。
The surfaces of the first conductive seed layer and the second conductive seed layer formed on the surfaces of the openings were placed on the cathode, and phosphorus-containing copper was used as the anode. An electrolytic plating solution containing copper sulfate (copper sulfate 60 g/L, sulfuric acid 190 g/L, chloride ions 50 mg/L, additive (Coppergleam ST-901 manufactured by Rohm and Haas Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was used to perform electrolytic copper plating at a current density of 2.4 A/ dm2 for 30 minutes, thereby plating up the via portion and the wiring portion to the same height. Thereafter, the plated resist was stripped by immersion in a 3 mass % aqueous sodium hydroxide solution at 50°C.
Finally, the laminate obtained above was immersed in the silver etching solution obtained in Preparation Example 2 at 25°C for 30 seconds to remove the first conductive seed layer other than the conductive layer pattern, thereby obtaining a printed wiring board.

(実施例2)
 プライマー層を設けなかったこと以外は実施例1と同様の工程を経て、プリント配線板を得た。
Example 2
A printed wiring board was obtained through the same steps as in Example 1, except that no primer layer was provided.

(実施例3)
 剥離性カバー層を設けなかったこと、および当該剥離性カバー層の剥離工程を実施しなかったこと以外は実施例1と同様の工程を経て、プリント配線板を得た。
Example 3
A printed wiring board was obtained through the same steps as in Example 1, except that no peelable cover layer was provided and the peeling step of the peelable cover layer was not carried out.

(実施例4)
 実施例1において、両表面に第一の導電性シード層を有するポリイミドフィルム上に、剥離性カバー層として、38μm厚のパナプロテクトHP/CTを形成する代わりに、第一の導電性シード層をカソードに設置し、含リン銅をアノードとして、硫酸銅を含有する電解めっき液(硫酸銅60g/L、硫酸190g/L、塩素イオン50mg/L、添加剤(ローム・アンド・ハース電子材料株式会社製 カパーグリームST-901」)を用いて、電流密度2.0A/dmで2.5分間電解銅めっきを行うことによって、第一の導電層上に2μm厚の銅層を形成した以外は、実施例1と同様の工程を経て、積層体を得た。
Example 4
In Example 1, instead of forming a 38 μm thick Panaprotect HP/CT peelable cover layer on the polyimide film having first conductive seed layers on both surfaces thereof, the first conductive seed layer was placed as the cathode, and phosphorous copper was used as the anode. An electrolytic plating solution containing copper sulfate (copper sulfate 60 g/L, sulfuric acid 190 g/L, chloride ions 50 mg/L, additive (Coppergleam ST-901 manufactured by Rohm and Haas Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was used to perform electrolytic copper plating at a current density of 2.0 A/ dm2 for 2.5 minutes, thereby forming a 2 μm thick copper layer on the first conductive layer. A laminate was obtained through the same steps as in Example 1, except that a 2 μm thick copper layer was formed on the first conductive layer.

 前記積層体の銅層の上からCOレーザー加工機(ビアメカニクス株式会社製)を用いて100μm径のビアを形成した。その後、ビア加工によって発生したスミアを過マンガン酸によるウェットデスミア処理することにより除去した。次に、ビア内部を含めて全面に無電解銅めっき処理(無電解銅めっき液(ローム・アンド・ハース電子材料株式会社製「サーキュポジット6550」)中に35℃、10分間浸漬)を行い、第二の導電性シード層である銅層を形成した。 A 100 μm diameter via was formed on the copper layer of the laminate using a CO 2 laser processing machine (manufactured by Via Mechanics Co., Ltd.). Smears generated by the via processing were then removed by wet desmearing using permanganic acid. Next, the entire surface, including the interior of the via, was subjected to electroless copper plating (immersion in an electroless copper plating solution ("Circuposit 6550" manufactured by Rohm and Haas Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) at 35° C. for 10 minutes) to form a copper layer serving as a second conductive seed layer.

 第二の導電性シード層である銅層を形成した後は、実施例1と同様にして、エッチングレジストでカバーされていない銅めっきの部分を調製例3で作製した硫酸/過酸化水素系の銅エッチング液を用いたエッチングにより除去し、実施例1と同様にしてプリント配線板を得た。 After forming the copper layer, which served as the second conductive seed layer, the copper-plated portions not covered by the etching resist were removed by etching using the sulfuric acid/hydrogen peroxide-based copper etching solution prepared in Preparation Example 3, in the same manner as in Example 1, and a printed wiring board was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1.

(実施例5)
 実施例4において、第一の導電性シード層の種類をアルミニウムに変更し、蒸着法にて500nm厚のアルミニウム層を形成したあと、実施例4と同様の工程を経て、積層体を得た。アルミニウムのエッチングは混酸Alエッチング液(関東化学株式会社製)を用いて実施した。
Example 5
In Example 4, the type of the first conductive seed layer was changed to aluminum, and an aluminum layer having a thickness of 500 nm was formed by vapor deposition, followed by the same steps as in Example 4 to obtain a laminate. Aluminum etching was performed using a mixed acid Al etching solution (manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Inc.).

(比較例1)
 前記積層体の第二の導電性シード層である銅層を形成した後、エッチングレジストを用いた無電解銅めっきを除去する工程を経ずにめっきレジストを用いて導電層パターンを作製し、調製例3で作製した硫酸/過酸化水素系の銅エッチング液を用いたエッチングを行ったこと以外は実施例1と同様の工程を経て、プリント配線板を得た。
(Comparative Example 1)
After forming a copper layer, which was the second conductive seed layer of the laminate, a conductive layer pattern was produced using a plating resist without going through the process of removing the electroless copper plating using an etching resist, and a printed wiring board was obtained through the same process as in Example 1, except that etching was performed using the sulfuric acid/hydrogen peroxide-based copper etching solution produced in Preparation Example 3.

[評価方法1:配線表面の平滑性]
 上記で得られたプリント配線板の配線の表面を観察できるよう走査型電子顕微鏡(日本電子株式会社製「JSM7600F)を用いて1,000倍に拡大し、表面形状を確認した。
 ◎:配線表面の形状が平滑であった
 ○:配線表面の形状が一部平滑であった
 ×:配線表面の形状が平滑でなかった
[Evaluation Method 1: Smoothness of Wiring Surface]
The surface shape of the wiring on the printed wiring board obtained above was confirmed by magnifying it 1,000 times using a scanning electron microscope (JSM7600F manufactured by JEOL Ltd.) so that the surface of the wiring could be observed.
◎: The shape of the wiring surface was smooth. ○: The shape of the wiring surface was partially smooth. ×: The shape of the wiring surface was not smooth.

[評価方法2:配線断面の矩形性]
 上記で得られたプリント配線板の配線の断面を観察できるよう樹脂封止および研磨を行った後に、走査型電子顕微鏡(日本電子株式会社製「JSM7600F」)を用いて5,000倍に拡大し、断面形状を確認した。
 ○:断面の形状が矩形であった
 ×:断面の形状が矩形でなかった
[Evaluation Method 2: Rectangularity of Wiring Cross Section]
The printed wiring board obtained above was resin-sealed and polished so that the cross section of the wiring could be observed, and then the cross-sectional shape was confirmed using a scanning electron microscope (JEOL Ltd., "JSM7600F") at 5,000 times magnification.
○: The cross-sectional shape was rectangular ×: The cross-sectional shape was not rectangular

10:絶縁性基材(下地)
12:回路
13:絶縁性基材
14:プライマー層
16:第一の導電性シード層
18:ビア(開口部)
20:第二の導電性シード層
22:カバー層
24:めっきレジスト
26:パターン回路
10: Insulating substrate (base)
12: Circuit 13: Insulating substrate 14: Primer layer 16: First conductive seed layer 18: Via (opening)
20: second conductive seed layer 22: cover layer 24: plating resist 26: pattern circuit

Claims (11)

 絶縁性基材と;
 前記絶縁性基材の少なくとも一方の面に形成された開口部を有する第一の導電性シード層と;
 前記第一の導電性シード層の開口部の内面に形成され、前記第一の導電性シード層と電気的に接続された第二の導電性シード層と;
 前記開口部を覆うカバー層と;
を備え、
 前記第一の導電性シード層および前記第二の導電性シード層は、金属材料から構成されており、
 前記第二の導電性シード層は、前記第一の導電性シード層と異種の金属材料から構成されている、セミアディティブ工法用積層体。
an insulating substrate;
a first conductive seed layer having an opening formed on at least one surface of the insulating substrate;
a second conductive seed layer formed on the inner surface of the opening in the first conductive seed layer and electrically connected to the first conductive seed layer;
a cover layer covering the opening;
Equipped with
the first conductive seed layer and the second conductive seed layer are made of a metal material;
A laminate for semi-additive processing, wherein the second conductive seed layer is composed of a metal material different from that of the first conductive seed layer.
 前記第一の導電性シード層を構成する金属材料が銀であり、前記第二の導電性シード層を構成する金属材料が銅である、請求項1に記載のセミアディティブ工法用積層体。 The laminate for semi-additive manufacturing according to claim 1, wherein the metal material constituting the first conductive seed layer is silver and the metal material constituting the second conductive seed layer is copper.  前記絶縁性基材と前記第一の導電性シード層との間に、プライマー層を有する、請求項1に記載のセミアディティブ工法用積層体。 The laminate for semi-additive manufacturing according to claim 1, which has a primer layer between the insulating substrate and the first conductive seed layer.  請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載のセミアディティブ工法用積層体を用いたプリント配線板。 A printed wiring board using the semi-additive laminate described in any one of claims 1 to 3.  請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載のセミアディティブ工法用積層体を製造する方法であって、
 第一の導電性シード層を絶縁性基材の少なくとも一方の面に有する基材に開口部を形成する工程と;
 前記第一の導電性シード層の表面および前記開口部の内面に、前記第一の導電性シード層と異なる金属からなる第二の導電性シード層を形成する工程と;
 前記開口部を覆うカバー層を形成する工程と;
を含む、セミアディティブ工法用積層体の製造方法。
A method for producing the laminate for semi-additive manufacturing according to any one of claims 1 to 3,
forming an opening in an insulating substrate having a first conductive seed layer on at least one surface of the substrate;
forming a second conductive seed layer made of a metal different from that of the first conductive seed layer on a surface of the first conductive seed layer and on an inner surface of the opening;
forming a cover layer covering the opening;
A method for producing a laminate for semi-additive manufacturing, comprising:
 前記第一の導電性シード層上に保護層を形成した状態で、開口部を形成する、請求項5に記載のセミアディティブ工法用積層体の製造方法。 The method for manufacturing a laminate for semi-additive manufacturing according to claim 5, wherein the opening is formed with a protective layer formed on the first conductive seed layer.  前記保護層が、剥離性カバー層である、請求項6に記載のセミアディティブ工法用積層体の製造方法。 The method for manufacturing a laminate for semi-additive manufacturing according to claim 6, wherein the protective layer is a peelable cover layer.  前記保護層が、前記第二の導電性シード層を形成する金属材料と同一の金属材料から構成されている、請求項6に記載のセミアディティブ工法用積層体の製造方法。 The method for manufacturing a laminate for semi-additive processing according to claim 6, wherein the protective layer is composed of the same metal material as the metal material forming the second conductive seed layer.  請求項5または6に記載の製造方法により得られたセミアディティブ工法用積層体を用いてプリント配線板を製造する方法であって、
 前記セミアディティブ工法用積層体の前記第一の導電性シード層上の前記第二の導電性シード層の一部を除去して、前記第一の導電性シード層の表面を露出させる工程と;
 前記開口部を覆うカバー層を除去する工程と;
 露出させた前記第一の導電性シード層上の一部にめっきレジストを形成する工程と;
 前記第二の導電性シード層および露出した前記第一の導電性シード層上に電解めっき法によりパターン回路部を形成する工程と;
 前記めっきレジストを剥離して、第一導電性シード層を露出させる工程と;
 露出させた前記第一導電性シード層を除去する工程と;
を含む、プリント配線板の製造方法。
A method for producing a printed wiring board using a laminate for semi-additive processing obtained by the production method according to claim 5 or 6,
removing a portion of the second conductive seed layer on the first conductive seed layer of the semi-additive manufacturing laminate to expose a surface of the first conductive seed layer;
removing a cover layer covering the opening;
forming a plating resist on a portion of the exposed first conductive seed layer;
forming a patterned circuit portion on the second conductive seed layer and the exposed first conductive seed layer by electroplating;
stripping the plating resist to expose the first conductive seed layer;
removing the exposed first conductive seed layer;
A method for manufacturing a printed wiring board, comprising:
 前記第一の導電性シード層を構成する金属材料が銀であり、前記第二の導電性シード層を構成する金属材料が銅である、請求項9に記載のプリント配線板の製造方法。 The method for manufacturing a printed wiring board according to claim 9, wherein the metal material constituting the first conductive seed layer is silver and the metal material constituting the second conductive seed layer is copper.  前記絶縁性基材と前記第一の導電性シード層との間に、プライマー層を有する、請求項9または10に記載のプリント配線板の製造方法。 The method for manufacturing a printed wiring board according to claim 9 or 10, further comprising a primer layer between the insulating substrate and the first conductive seed layer.
PCT/JP2025/003456 2024-02-02 2025-02-03 Laminate for semi-additive process, printed wiring board, method for manufacturing laminate for semi-additive process, and method for manufacturing printed wiring board Pending WO2025164807A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2024015276 2024-02-02
JP2024-015276 2024-02-02

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025164807A1 true WO2025164807A1 (en) 2025-08-07

Family

ID=96590475

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2025/003456 Pending WO2025164807A1 (en) 2024-02-02 2025-02-03 Laminate for semi-additive process, printed wiring board, method for manufacturing laminate for semi-additive process, and method for manufacturing printed wiring board

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2025164807A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015513005A (en) * 2012-03-29 2015-04-30 アトテツク・ドイチユラント・ゲゼルシヤフト・ミツト・ベシユレンクテル・ハフツングAtotech Deutschland GmbH Manufacturing method of thin wire circuit
JP2021072337A (en) * 2019-10-30 2021-05-06 イビデン株式会社 Manufacturing method of printed wiring board
JP2022029308A (en) * 2020-08-04 2022-02-17 新光電気工業株式会社 Wiring board and method for manufacturing wiring board

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015513005A (en) * 2012-03-29 2015-04-30 アトテツク・ドイチユラント・ゲゼルシヤフト・ミツト・ベシユレンクテル・ハフツングAtotech Deutschland GmbH Manufacturing method of thin wire circuit
JP2021072337A (en) * 2019-10-30 2021-05-06 イビデン株式会社 Manufacturing method of printed wiring board
JP2022029308A (en) * 2020-08-04 2022-02-17 新光電気工業株式会社 Wiring board and method for manufacturing wiring board

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6750766B2 (en) Method for manufacturing printed wiring board
KR102770638B1 (en) Laminate for printed wiring board and printed wiring board using the same
JP6766983B2 (en) Manufacturing method of printed wiring board
WO2025164807A1 (en) Laminate for semi-additive process, printed wiring board, method for manufacturing laminate for semi-additive process, and method for manufacturing printed wiring board
JP7332049B2 (en) Laminate for semi-additive construction method and printed wiring board using the same
JP7371778B2 (en) Laminated body for semi-additive construction method and printed wiring board using the same
JP7201130B2 (en) Laminate for semi-additive construction method and printed wiring board using the same
JP7288230B2 (en) Laminate for semi-additive construction method and printed wiring board using the same
KR102815711B1 (en) Laminate for semi-additive method and printed wiring board using the same
WO2022097484A1 (en) Laminate for semi-additive manufacturing and printed wiring board using same
WO2022097481A1 (en) Laminate for semi-additive manufacturing and printed wiring board using same
WO2022097488A1 (en) Laminate for semi-additive construction method and printed wiring board

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 25749184

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1